#this entire au is just me putting them in cute outfits back n forth | Explore Tumblr posts and blogs

starshapedkookie · 4 years ago

Text

Falling

↳soulmate (noun): a person who is bound to another through the strongest level of emotional and physical connection. one is given a name on the body upon 18 years of age and any transgressions against the laws of soul-bonding will not occur without harm.

REPOSTED/REWRITTEN FROM OLD BLOG

pairing: jungkook x female reader

word count: 31.4k (sorry guys, another monster lol)

genre: soulmate/destiny au, college au, photographer jungkook, angst, fluff, smut

warnings: smut (protected sex, vanilla, light choking), swearing, angst!!!, fluff (jungkook is head over heels), drinking, mentions of anti-depressants and therapy

recommended songs: falling by harry styles, love again by dua lipa, hold on by chord overstreet, dusk till dawn by zayn & sia, when we were young by lost kings

FALL

The last thing you needed this morning was for your coffee to get knocked out of your hand and crash onto the pavement—but of course, that is exactly what happened.

“Ugh,” you groan loudly, bending down to pick up the plastic cup. You did not have time for this. It wasn’t even your first day of classes yet here you were, making a fool of yourself in front of everyone. You quickly dispose of the plastic in a recyclable can before hurrying off to find your class. You were already going to be late—but you knew you didn’t want to be that kid on the first day coming in hungover and 20 minutes late. So far though, that was going to be exactly you.

You rush into the building of your class before rushing up the stairs to the main auditorium. You glance down at your watch and you roll eyes. 7 minutes late—that’s doable right? You enter the large room and you curse to yourself when it’s quiet and the only words are coming from your professors mouth.

“Class I believe we’ve found our first day straggler,” the professor’s voice erupts in the room through his microphone and you freeze in your spot. Everyone’s eyes are on you and you actually want to crawl into a hole and bury yourself alive. Laughter fills the room and the professor goes back to the syllabus as you find a seat towards the back of the classroom. You sit down by yourself and lean back in the seat. Not only was your head absolutely busting from last night, you also had never felt more embarrassment in your entire life. You pull out your laptop and pull up the uploaded syllabus and try to hide yourself within your t-shirt.

“As humans, we think attraction is spontaneous and comes from here,” your professor pauses and points to his chest where his heart would be, “When in fact, that’s not true. Our brains run complex calculations that decide whom we think is attractive. This is what this course is about. The psychology behind gender, sex, and even the ideals of soulmates are all very much correlated in this course,” your ears drown out his talking once the ’S’ word is mentioned—no, not sex, but soulmate.

Soulmates—self explanatory but usually not discussed out in the open like this. Some people believed in them, others didn’t. Growing up, you had always heard about soulmates and their stories—your parents managing to bring it up at least once a week. It’s said that one will receive a name by 18. At 13, you and your older sister decided that it was all bogus as you had many crushes on boys growing up. You could like someone but that didn’t mean you were soulmates though. Your sister quickly flipped her stance about soulmates when she was 17, you 15, and suddenly a mark showed up on the inside of her finger. Not just any mark—but a name. With the name engraved in her skin like a tattoo and only a few months after that, she had met her match.

You on the other hand remained nameless for the rest of high school. You waited and waited for a name to show up by the age of 18—but it never did. You felt alone and like a glitch. At 19, you decided you weren’t going to sit around and wait for a soulmate. Besides, you were young—since when did you have to find your life partner so soon?

Now at 21, nearing 22, you were still nameless. Did it bother you? You were indifferent. You felt lucky to be able to experience college without being tied down to something serious but now as graduation was coming faster than ever and it seemed like everyone around you was finding their other half—worry did sink into your skin sometimes.

“You,” someone snaps you from your reverie and you think the professor has called you again until you see a two guys sitting two rows back from you, one of them pointing at you.

You point at yourself wondering if he’s got the right girl. As you look around the class, everyone is shuffling around to what seems to be small groups. Had you zoned out that bad? You look back at the two guys and gather your belongings before heading their way.

“Uh, hi?” You say awkwardly as you shuffle towards them.

“Told you she’d come,” one guys nudges the other one with a smirk, “Wanna be in our group?”

“Group?” You look back to the front of the classroom and see a slide displayed “FINAL PROJECT” shining bright. “Yeah, sure whatever,” you sit down beside of the chatty male before he finally introduces himself.

“I’m Namjoon,” he smiles.

“Y/N,” you reply looking at the other guy who has stayed silent this whole interaction.

“This is Jungkook,” Namjoon says and Jungkook looks at you offering a weak smile.

“Hey,” he says simply. Jungkook has pretty eyes, round and doe-like, innocent yet inviting. You catch yourself noticing the ink lining his forearms and knuckles.

You take a seat beside of Namjoon and focus your attention back to the board. Your professor explains each group has a variety of topics to choose from and present to him later at the end of the semester. As much as you weren’t in the mood for much talking, you were thankful this Namjoon and Jungkook guy asked you to be in their group because you’re not sure you would have had the courage to ask anyone else.

Lecture ends with an online syllabus quiz due at the end of the week and you quickly gather your things to leave.

“Um,” you start before you get ready to leave, “here's my number. Just text whenever you want to get started,” you slip the piece of paper to Namjoon. Your eyes meet Jungkook’s again and something stirs deep within your stomach. Namjoon’s voice breaks your gaze.

“Alright, sounds good. Nice to me you.”

“You guys too.” And then you’re off to your next class, hoping you won’t cause as much attention in that one.

“Jesus Christ,” you exhale deeply, lying down on Taehyung’s bed. He eyes you from his desk.

“Rough first day?” He inquires, swirling back and forth in his chair.

“You have no idea Tae,” you groan rolling over to look at him. “I should have known this day would be shit the second I slept through my alarm.”

He gives you a small smile, “At least it’s over now. You got much homework?”

You shake your head, “No thank god.”

“Do you want to grab dinner with Jimin and I then?”

Your stomach growls loudly at the idea of food. You don’t even say anything and you don’t need to. Taehyung gives you a laugh before slipping on his ridiculously ugly fur-lined Gucci mules. You stand up from his bed, straightening out your giant t-shirt and running shorts. Yours and Taehyung’s fashion clashed tremendously, but that’s what made you guys—well you.

You and Taehyung meet Jimin at a Thai place downtown. It’s cheap and delicious and a bowl of pad-thai to sooth your brain after today sounded heavenly. Jimin is standing outside, wearing a put together yet sporty outfit. He smiles when he sees the two of you approaching.

“Hey guys!” Jimin smiles widely, leaning over to give you a tight squeeze. He pulls away and gives Taehyung an even bigger hug, the two of them pecking each other on the lips quickly. You watch the two soulmates in awe. As much as you wanted to believe the soulmate thing was bullshit—these two were living proof that it works. And deep down, it hurts.

The three of you order your food and lean back into your chair across from the two lovers as they converse about their day.

“What about you Y/N? Did you have a good first day?” Jimin asks. He’s got to the be the most considerate person you’ve ever met.

“Are you sure you want to hear her spiel?” Taehyung mutters sarcastically and you poke your tongue out at him.

“It was horrible Jimin,” you pout, “First, I slept through my alarm which I never do, was hungover as sit so I needed some coffee and then I got my iced coffee that was five dollars and then dropped it everywhere—“

“Wait, you were running late and still got coffee?” Jimin raises an eyebrow.

“Yeah?” You say in a duh-like tone. Jimin and Taehyung laugh at your before you continue.

“Then I walked into my first class and the fucking professor had the audacity to call me the first day straggler! How awful is that?!”

“I mean it’s true,” Taehyung grins and you flip him off.

“Not. The. Point,” you offer dramatically, “And then all of a sudden these two guys are calling me over to be in their group for a project and they’re both extremely cute although one talked way too much and one didn’t talk at all—“ “Which one was cuter?” Jimin asks curiously. Taehyung swats at his arm.

“The quiet one,” you admit, “At least to me. And then after that, I went to my last class and that went smoothly. However it started going downhill again when I went and grabbed lunch and I got a salad from East—“ “Oh no,” Jimin groans, “East dining hall? Y/N you know that place is whack.”

“I know that but I was hungry! And then I ate my salad and then while I was driving back to my apartment I literally almost shit myself.”

The three of you begin to laugh at how ridiculous your day actually was.

“I mean what kind of fucking luck is that?!”

“You’ve definitely had better days for sure…” Taehyung says eying you from across the table, “I mean look at that outfit and hair,” he tsks.

“Hey! Fuck you,” you pick up your straw wrapper and throw it at him across from you. He’s laughing just as your food arrives. It looks and even smells better, the three of you immediately digging in.

The three of you continue small chatter amongst yourselves, Jimin and Taehyunf being too cute and in love for their own good. You are in the middle of slurping your noodles when your nearly choke on your food when a new, but familiar face walks into the restaurant. The Jungkook guy from your class. And he’s not alone as a girl who is extremely pretty trails in behind of him.

“What are you looking at?” Taehyung asks and he turns over his shoulder to follow your line of sight. “Who is that cutie?” He then says. Jimin agrees.

“It’s the guy from my class,” you whisper, hoping he doesn’t spot you. “The quiet one,” you specify. Jimin smirks before nudging Taehyung.

“You’re right,” Taehyung says looking back at you. For some reason, despite not knowing anything about Jungkook but his name, you dislike the way the random girl is looking at him. It doesn’t settle well in your stomach.

“Guess he has a soulmate,” you say slightly disappointed staring into your food.

Jimin speaks up, “No he doesn’t.”

You and Taehyung furrow your eyebrows at him.

“Are you guys forgetting soulmates is literally what I’m doing my thesis on? I can spot them when I see them,” he says keeping his voice low, “That’s not his soulmate, trust me.”

“…Right,” you hesitate. You glance back towards Jungkook and his date to find that they have been seated elsewhere in the restaurant. You bite your lip, stirring your noodles around, the weird feeling you felt when you first spotted Jungkook still deep rooted in your stomach. You don’t mention Jungkook again the entire night, only sparing glances around the restaurant to get another look at him. You come up short.

Your first week back at school is nearly over as Friday approaches faster than ever. Thankfully, unlike your first day shambles, the rest of your week went fairly smooth. You’ve managed to get ahead in most of your classes already and you can’t wait for the afternoon nap you’re gifting yourself later today.

Ever since Monday, you have decided to sit beside Namjoon and Jungkook in your psychology lecture now. They were easy to talk to, albeit Jungkook still quite shy, but being with your final project group was convenient. Speaking of Jungkook—he was no where to be seen today.

“Where’s your friend?” You inquire as you sit beside Namjoon. Normally Jungkook is right beside of him as the two of them always get to class earlier than you.

Namjoon shrugs, “I don’t know, he didn’t answer any of my texts this morning.”

You brush it off as your jackass of a professor begins his lecture. Your first official lecture of the semester is on the basis of the human brain and it’s connection to relationships. You nearly roll your eyes out of your head, how fun. Ten or so minutes go back of you typing up notes trying to keep up with him until rummaging disrupts your thoughts.

You glance to your left and spot Jungkook coming in late, his hair underneath a baseball cap, keeping his eyes down as he makes his way over to you and Namjoon. You inwardly wish the professor would call him out on his tardiness but of course, that doesn’t happen. Maybe your professor is a jackass and a sexist?

“Look who is late today,” You whisper as he sits down beside you. His brown eyes give you a glance before nodding to Namjoon.

“Sorry,” he gives you a soft smile, “Today has not been my day,” he briefly explains.

You raise your eyebrows as him, but decide against questioning him.

“I get it,” you respond.

“Hey! You in back,” your professor is suddenly stopping his lecture and pointing his finger towards you. Oh for fucks sake. “If you’re going to talk in my class, don’t bothering coming as I post the lecture slides online afterwards.”

You feel embarrassment taking over your body as Namjoon to your right is snickering at you and Jungkook on your left is sending you an apologetic stare.

Definitely sexist.

The next couple weeks of classes went by in a flash. So far, they were all going well and you liked all your professors—minus Mr. Sexist Jackass for psychology—but other than that, you were having no trouble. You had been able to meet other people and get into study group chats which you knew would help in the next few weeks as your first midterm was quickly approaching.

If there was one thing you were slacking on though, it was your group project for said psychology class. Which is why you texted Namjoon and Jungkook to meet at a coffee place on campus to discuss getting started and what roles you all would take.

“Hey,” Jungkook is the first to arrive and you give him a sweet smile. Within the past two weeks, he had become more open to talking to you and you sensed a blossoming friendship between you and him.

“Hi, how are you?” You ask him as you move your stuff out of the way so he could sit down. He sits across from you, his eyes meeting yours.

“I’m alright,” he says with not much energy taking a gulp from whatever drink he was sipping on. It looked to be an iced americano. “You?”

“Pretty good, although I’m already stressed about exams coming up,” you let your worries slip from you.

Jungkook shakes his head, “I haven’t thought about exams yet,” he says honestly.

You give him a hard stare before saying, “What even is your major? I know Namjoon is pre-med but I don’t think you’ve told me.”

He swallows the rest of his drink, “Sports medicine,” he responds with a straight smile.

“Hm,” you say, “So do you dress up as Sporty Spice for Halloween then?”

He lets out a laugh before nodding, “Yeah, every year.”

You laugh with him and you can’t help but notice how great his smile is. He really is attractive, you can’t deny that.

“Where the fuck is Namjoon?” You groan after your laughter dies out, looking down at your watch.

“Here!” You jump in your seat as Namjoon comes up behind you and you nearly fall out of your seat. Namjoon apologizes quickly about being late before scooting to sit beside you.

“Don’t worry about it,” you shake your head, “So, when do you guys want to start working on our project? I would hate for us to procrastinate and have to cram at the end of the semester.”

Namjoon nods, “I was thinking the same. We need to choose a topic first though… got any ideas?” He takes out a pen and notepad to scribble stuff down. You could tell Namjoon was just as studious as you were… Jungkook on the other hand was definitely more of a “go with the flow” type of student—not necessarily a bad thing though.

“Kook, any ideas?” Namjoon asks and Jungkook shrugs before throwing out there—

“Sex,” He says and you snicker at his suggestion. “What? That’s all the professor talks about, might as well give him something he’s interested in…” Jungkook retaliates.

You glance at Namjoon and he rolls his eyes.

“I get what you’re saying Kook but I think we should be more specific than that,” Namjoon deadpans and you nod agreeing with him. “Y/N?”

“Mmmm,” you hum, “Maybe we could do research on how sex differs between different people?”

Namjoon nods slowly, looking over at Jungkook quickly, “What if looked at how sex affects the body when it comes to soulmates?”

You throat goes dry at Namjoon’s suggestion and you have to compose yourself so you won’t give yourself away. You look over at Jungkook who looks just as uncomfortable as you do and it makes you furrow your eyebrows. Maybe Jimin’s sixth sense was right?

“I mean is there even research for that?” You look at him, your question somewhat patronizing.

“Oh yeah,” he says matter-of-factly, “There’s lots of research on how the body responds when people are intimate with people that aren’t their soulmates.”

You glance at Jungkook again whose eyes are dancing around the room and you’re not even sure he’s tuned into the conversation anymore.

“What do you think Jungkook?” You ask him.

“Sure,” he says, “Whatever will get us the grade.”

“Alright then, let’s meet up again next week after we each do some research,” Namjoon smiles before gathering his things up, “I hate to bounce like this but my tutoring shift starts in ten minutes and those freshman are so gullible I can make twice as much money off of them,” he says before waving you two off, leaving you and Jungkook alone.

“Does he really scam freshman?” You ask, somewhat horrified at his statement. Jungkook lets out a laugh, visibly a lot more comfortable now that the previous conversation has passed.

“Only when then they’re dumb enough,” he responds before he begins to gather his things too, “See in you class?”

You nod once, noticing what seems to be a silver Rolex covering his left wrist. Who the hell has a Rolex in college?

“See you in class.”

. “Well, well look who the cat dragged in?” Jimin smiles at you from behind the bar. Yeah—not only was Jimin currently getting his master’s in psychology, he also bartended on the weekends at one of your local bars.

You give him a smile as Taehyung isn’t far behind you, putting his head on your shoulder to look up at the menu.

“Hi babe,” Jimin smiles and Taehyung returns one, wrapping his arms around your front.

“Hi,” he smiles, visibly much more drunk than you were. “I’m pretending she’s you so don’t get jealous okay?” He slurs.

“Hey!” You fight back looking at Taehyung, “Crazy how people change after you ‘fall in love’,” you air quote yourself with sarcasm.

Taehyung laughs in your ear, “You should try it sometime babe,” under normal circumstances, you would have felt very offended at his remark because he knows your situation but with alcohol running through your veins—you let it slide.

“Can I have two green tea shots?” You ask Jimin and he nods quickly.

“Make it four,” Taehyung orders and Jimin laughs before nodding, heading off to make your shots.

Taehyung finally lets go of your middle and you both settle to lean on the bar whilst your drinks are being made.

“How was your week babe?” Taehyung asks, “Better I presume? You look hot so I’m assuming all is well?” He raises an eyebrow at you.

You gives him a smile, glancing down at your outfit. Your mini-wrap skirt and skin tight tank top was as basic as it could get, but it made you look and feel good about yourself.

“Good as it gets Tae,” you say flinging your hair behind your shoulder. On a scale 1 to 10 of drunkeness, you were probably a good 5 but you knew once Jimin was finished with your shots, you would be closer to a 7 or 8.

“I know I’m going to sound fucking crazy right now but it’s kind of just registering what I said to you about falling in love and I did not mean it like that—“ “Taehyung it’s fine,” you shake your head, placing a hand on his shoulder.

“No,” he shakes his head, “It’s not… I’m sorry I’m just really drunk right now,” he groans almost painfully.

“I know,” you smile at him before noticing Jimin has come back with your shots. “And you’re about to be even more drunk so whatever you say, apologize for it now.”

He looks up at the ceiling closing his eyes, “I’m sorry to whoever for the dumb shit I will say the rest of the evening, amen.”

“He’s religious now?” Jimin asks scooting the glasses over to you two.

“Apparently,” you eye him before taking a glass for you and handing one to Taehyung.

“To… senior year!” Taehyung says loudly over the music and you nod, clinking your glasses together.

“To senior year!” You say before downing the shot in its entirety. “Oh my god Jimin,” you groan, “I will never forgive you for getting me on these.”

“What can I say? If you’re gonna drink might as well enjoy it,” is the last thing he says before checking on another customer beside you and Taehyung.

“Oh god,” Taehyung says after downing his shot, looking over your shoulder.

“What?” You ask him, getting ready to down your second one.

“It’s the quiet one, the cute one,” Taehyung’s words confuse you until you begin to piece them together. Quiet… cute… Jungkook.

You take a glance over your shoulder and you nearly jump out of your skin when you see Jungkook looking right back at you. He gives you a small wave and smile and you do the same. He looks really good—blue jeans a t-shirt with his lovely ink being show. What intrigues you the most though is a 35mm camera hanging around his neck. You don’t recognize any of the people he is with before you turn back around, feeling your cheeks heat up even though no one could see it.

“Jungkook,” you say to Taehyung, “That’s his name.”

As much as you wished Taehyung would stop staring in his direction, you knew he was drunk and fighting him on it wouldn’t get you anywhere.

“Well, I think Jungkook,” Taehyung grabs his second shot, “Is hot as fuck and you should totally make a move,” Taehyung finally looks back at you and downs his liquor without waiting on you. You follow suit, the shot slivering down your throat.

“No,” you shake your head, “I don’t think he’s into me, plus I don’t even know if he has a partner or not.”

“You heard what Jimin said a couple weeks ago,” he retorts.

“How does Jimin know he’s right? I mean it’s not like we as humans have a fucking ‘yeah I have a soulmate’ scent to us like were goddamn dogs or something. I mean as much as I would totally make a move on him, I just don’t think I can do—“

“Uh, Y/N,” Taehyung nudges you from your rant.

“What?” You return harshly. A small smirk rises on his face before he points beside of you. You look to your left and your eyes widen when you see Jungkook coming up behind of you.

“J-Jungkook,” you manage to get out, “Hi.”

He approaches you and Taehyung with a warm smile, “Hey Y/N.” His eyes move to Taehyung and you clear your throat to introduce them.

“Jungkook this is Taehyung, Taehyung… Jungkook,” you smile between the two handsome men.

“Nice you to meet you,” Taehyung smiles widely and Jungkook nods.

“What are you doing out tonight?” You ask Jungkook and he steps closer to you as someone pushes past him.

“Trying to relieve some stress,” he answers with a laugh, “Can I get you a drink?” He scratches the back of his head, glancing over at Taehyung again.

“Oh, are you sure?” You ask him before he nods again. You give him a smile, “Alright, whatever you’re having I’ll have.”

“Jimin!” You yell over the music to get his attention. He stops drying a glass and immediately comes to you, his eyes falling on the companion behind of you.

“Can I get two Michelob's?” Jungkook says and you can feel his chest pressing into your back as the overwhelming amount of people pushing and pulling in the bar.

Jimin nods before quickly going into the cooler, popping the tops from the bottle and sliding them over to you.

“Thanks,” you both say grabbing them.

“Thank you,” you turn around to Jungkook and in this position, you underestimated how close you actually are to him. Chest to chest and his head towers over as he looks down at you with a smile.

“No problem,” he says, “Do you wanna go outside? Get some air and more space?”

It’s like he read your mind. “Yeah, sure.”

You tap Taehyung on the shoulder to get his attention from Jimin.

“I’m going outside, I’ll text you if I can’t find you again.”

He nods slowly, “I’ll be right here babe,” he sends you a wink before turning back around.

Jungkook’s eyes lay on Taehyung’s back a little longer than you would like. What’s he thinking right now? Without any warning, Jungkook grabs your hand gently and starts pulling you away from the crowded bar. You aren’t exactly sober right now and you can only hope that your hand isn’t sweating as much as you think it is. Jungkook leads you out to the deck that’s also crowded and loud, but leaves a lot more room to breathe.

You lean against the railing and Jungkook does the same across from you, just mere inches separating the two of you.

“Are you here with just Taehyung?” He asks you taking a sip of his beer. You follow suit. Thank god he ordered Michelob—a man with taste.

You nod, “Yeah… he wanted to go out more than I did but, here we are,” you try to make a joke at your drunkeness but fail miserably. Jungkook gives you a short lived smile.

“So… are you two like, together?” Jungkook says his words slowly, not wanting to say or imply the wrong thing. Your eyes nearly pop out of your head after he asks his question.

You start to laugh, having to cover your mouth so you don’t cackle loud enough to draw attention. Jungkook looks confused before you say—

“Taehyung’s gay,” you explain after your laughter dies down, “His partner is the bartender Jimin.”

Jungkook’s face falls and his doe eyes bulge out of his head. “Holy shit I didn’t know, I didn’t mean—“

“Jungkook it’s fine,” you wave him off, “You’re not the first person to ever ask if Tae and I are a thing. As much as I wish the universe was that nice to me to give me a man like Taehyung but no,” you smile although deep down it does hurt. You grew up with Taehyung hoping he would be your soulmate and when Jimin’s name appeared on the inside of his pinky, that dream bursted real fast.

“What about you?” You ask him. Now’s your chance. It’s got to be the alcohol that’s making this conversation easy as cake because normally, talk of this nature would not be spoken in public with this many people around.

Jungkook rolls his tongue in his cheek and you swear your heart skips a beat. He starts to shake his head, “No I just got out of a relationship.”

“Oh,” your face falls. So was he with a girlfriend at dinner a few weeks back?

“Yeah I guess the universe hates me too,” he says nonchalantly and the air suddenly feels thick with tension. So he didn’t have a soulmate? Nor did you? What were the odds?

“I hate to sound weird or creepy but,” you pause, unsure if you wanted to ask but internally you say fuck it. “I saw you a few weeks ago at the Thai place downtown with a girl, so that’s why I asked.”

Jungkook’s eyes are hard to read as he gulps his beer. You’re not sure he’s that drunk but if he is, he’s great at hiding it.

“Yeah… that was her,” he nods, “But like I said the universe is cruel and decide to give her a name after a couple months of dating,” he scoffs and almost seems angry—which I guess he has a right to be.

“Oh shit,” you mumble, “I’m sorry,” you offer.

He shakes his head, “It’s fine, what can I do about it now you know?”

You nod slowly, “Look forward to the future? Who knows what might happen.”

“You’re right,” he smiles tenderly, “To the future?” He raises his bottle.

“To the future,” you smile clinking the glass together.

“So who are you here with?” You ask him.

“Just my roommates, Yugyeom and Mingyu,” he explains while licking his lips and your heart skips a beat again.

“You don’t strike me as the type that gets out much you know,” you push a finger into his chest, narrowing your eyesight. 1 to 10 on the drunk scale? An 8 or 9 at the moment.

“Why’s that?” He amuses.

“Jeon, you barely spoke to me the first two weeks of class. I thought you were fucking mute.”

He suddenly steps closer to you and it forces you to drop your finger.

“I’m shy okay?” He says with a pout. “I’m good now though? Right?” You swear his eyes are like a damn puppy dog looking at you like that. Your throat goes dry before you nod.

“For the most part I guess,” you offer weakly batting your eyelashes at him. You glance down his body quickly and notice the way his light blue jeans hug his tiny waist and thick thighs deliciously. Jesus fucking Christ.

“What this all about?” you point to his camera that’s dangling between his pecs. You needed to get your mind back to PG and fast.

He smiles lightly, “My hobby,” he says simply, “I like to take pictures for memories sake.”

“Memories sake,” you repeat, “So do you take it with you everywhere then?”

“Only if I think something interesting might happen that needs to be captured,” he shrugs. God he was so attractive and the longer you stared at him, the faster you were falling down a hole.

“What have you captured tonight then?”

“Nothing much really,” he glances down your front quickly and he thinks you don’t notice until you smirk at him.

“Take a picture of me,” you tilt your head with a smile, “I’m a treasure that should be captured, don’t ya think?” the alcohol was getting to you bad. When Jungkook laughs at you, you swear you saw two faces and you knew you needed to sober the fuck up.

“Alright, fine,” he says, stepping away from you to adjust his lens for the lighting. You lean onto the railing with you elbow, giving him a smile when you look towards his camera. He snaps the picture twice and the flash momentarily blinds you. He looks back at his view finder and you step to him to see it.

“See, a treasure,” you say.

He nods slowly before looking down at you, “Definitely.”

You feel yourself stepping closer to him, leaning up to get a full view of his face. You bite your lip as he leans down, your noses brushing together before you step back.

“Wait… so you don’t have a soulmate?” You keep your voice low and hesitant.

He shakes his head, “No,” he says, “See.” He shows his wrists and in between his fingers and nothing. You do the same for him, moving your bracelets and watch back. He gives you a small smirk before leaning down to close the gap between the two of you. You inhale his clean scent as you push up on your toes to deepen the kiss. With your hand that isn’t occupied you bring it to the side of his face to caress his skin. His lips are so fucking soft and you whine as he pulls away.

“I would ask you to go home with me but I think you’re too drunk,” he says honestly and you furrow your eyebrows at him with a sad pout.

“Hey I’m fine,” you defend yourself.

“I just don’t want you to think I’m that type of guy,” he says, “I’m pretty far from that.”

His words are sweet and considerate and you’re not sure any guy you have met that would be in this position to not jump straight into your pants. As much as you wouldn’t mind Jungkook to do that—you could see where he was coming from. Besides, you were really drunk and really tired so you probably wouldn’t even get off which would defeat the purpose of getting laid.

“Jungkook I know, I can see that,” you tell him before you bite your lip again, “But I am a great cuddlier if that has any weight?”

A large smile falls on his lips and his nose scrunches up from giggling. “Alright, you’re the big spoon though,” he deadpans.

You roll your eyes, “We’ll see about that.” Jungkook smirks before grabbing your hand for both of you to close out your tabs and head to his place.

You wake up the next morning in an unfamiliar, but quite comfortable bed. You blink your eyes slowly to let light in and you stretch your feet our from your fetal position. Once your vision focuses you see that you’re alone underneath a grey duvet and you nearly freak out until you quickly remember your previous evening.

You had got to Jungkook’s place around 12:30 AM and aside from light making out, nothing extreme happened between you two as Jungkook insisted on being sober before going there. He obviously lost the argument about who was going to be the big and little spoon as you both fell asleep comfortably with his arms around your front. Speaking of—where was he?

You push the covers from your body and see you’re dressed in an oversized t-shirt, your clothes neatly folded on his dresser. You memory is slightly fuzzy, unsure if you changed your clothes yourself or if Jungkook dressed you. Heat rushes to you face at the thought. Damn, you hoped you hadn’t seemed desperate but when you were drunk—that tended to happen. Although not as much anymore as random hookups slowed down the older you got as most people were linking up with their destined lovers.

Fuck—you think, you had nearly forgotten perhaps the biggest detail of last night. Jungkook didn’t have a soulmate. The thought made you giddy on the inside. Maybe he was just as fucked up as you were.

You’re about to leave Jungkook’s room until he suddenly appears in the doorway.

“Oh, hey I was just coming to see if you were up,” he gives you a soft smile and you have to scramble your eyes away from his heavily built chest and torso. You find that he has tattoos all the way up his knuckles to his shoulder. Fuck.

“I just woke up,” you mumble stepping towards the door.

“I made some breakfast,” he says reaching towards your hand gently, “I have some medicine too if you’re hungover.”

You smile at him as he pulls you to him to walk you down the short hallway to his kitchen. It smelt of bacon, eggs, and toast—just what you needed.

“Thanks,” you say gratefully as you take a seat on one of his barstools. He slides a plate over to you as well as a bottle of Advil. “You already ate?” You ask him as you begin to dive into the food that will surely settle your rumbling stomach.

“Sorry,” he laughs, “I woke up awhile ago and went for a run so I had to eat.”

You swat your hand not caring, “It’s fine—wait, what time is it?” Your eyes bulge.

He looks at his silver watch, “Almost noon,” he says, his eyes not looking at tired as he probably is.

“Noon?!” You say with a mouthful of bread, “What the hell I never this sleep this late…” you say after swallowing.

“You drank a lot last night Y/N,” he laughs at you and you give him your middle finger. He rests on his hands across from you in the kitchen and you can’t help but notice the veins in his arms. Was the universe really being this good to you? After all this time, giving you access to someone who is this fine and who doesn’t have a partner? You almost couldn’t believe it.

“Sorry if I was annoying, or needy, or anything like that,” you say somewhat embarrassed that Jungkook had to deal with you even though neither of you know each other that well.

His eyes soften, “It’s fine. You were funny.”

You’ve devoured your plate of food and you hop down from the barstool to clean your plate. Since he cooked, the least you could was put away your mess.

“Oh I’m hilarious,” you give him a snide look before you bump him with your hip to scoot him over so you can wash your plate. He obliges whilst watching your every move. Jungkook seeing you in one of his favorite t-shirts is driving him delirious.

“But seriously though,” your voice cuts his inappropriate train of thought, “If I said anything incriminating, don’t tell anyone,” you give him a side look as you dry your plate. Jungkook laughs before a smirk appears on his face.

“I quite enjoyed your rambling,” he steps closer to you as you turn to look up at him. “It was very… what’s the word… suggestive,” he looks off as if he’s running deep thoughts.

You roll your eyes—yup, definitely horny and needy words were said. Feeling somewhat brave—maybe it was because you weren’t really hungover and the fact that Jungkook is standing there like that in front of you—you step towards him so your chests are touching.

“Maybe you should remind me what I said one day then?” You whisper only so he can hear. He chuckles through his nose before placing one of his hands on your back to pull you flush against him.

“Why not right now?” He says, his nose dipping to touch yours. His eyes are soft but carry a darkness to them you can’t quite read. You give him a small nod before you move your head to place your lips on his. Your mouths mold together like putty slowly before he slips his tongue into your mouth to tease you.

You pull away quickly, “Wait, don’t you have roommates?” You whisper again looking around the quiet apartment. You noticed how clean it was to be housed by 3 men in their early twenties.

“They’re asleep,” he says, caressing your lower back, his hand begging to go to your ass but he restrains himself. “So you’ll have to be quiet, unlike last night,” he raises an eyebrow at you.

“Challenge accepted,” you grab his face to pull him back down to you to connect your lips once more.

His hands grapple your waist desperately to pull you flush against him. He smells like laundry and cotton, the scent driving you mad. As Jungkook realizes that the two of you are still in his kitchen and Yugyeom or Mingyu could easily come out of their rooms any moment, he pulls away from you and you follow him back into his room. He wastes no time shutting his door and pushing you against it.

You felt yourself growing dizzier by the second as he continued to kiss you with a gentle force that you’ve never experienced before. He was probably the best kisser you’ve ever kissed. You could tell he wanted to touch you and you wanted him to touch you so you began to trace your hands up his sculpted back and pushing your hips out towards him.

Jungkook now having your permission, one of his hands trail up your thigh to push his t-shirt away from your backside, his large hand massaging the skin carefully and calculated. Suddenly you found his lips on your neck as he pushes your body further into his door.

“Jungkook,” you groaned quietly as he nipped at the sensitive skin. He pulls your thigh up against his leg and you nearly let out a moan when you feel his hardening cock press into your center.

“Fuck,” you breathe out as you let out an experimental roll of your hips against his. Jungkook pulls back with a short chuckle before kissing your lips gently again.

“Quiet,” he laughs again and you push his chest away from yours to get him to sit on the edge of his bed. You crawl onto his lap, straddling his tiny waist and thick thighs. You continued to kiss like no tomorrow before you placed your palm over his center.

“Shit,” he groans into your mouth as you palm him slowly and torturously. “Y/N, wait, are you sure?”

You pull your hand back and stare down at him with hazy eyes. You nod frantically, “Yes, are you?”

“God yes,” he breathes out and in one smooth motion, he flips you two over with him standing in between your legs. He begins to take his shirt from your body and you happily help him and his eyes immediately go to your breasts, your nipples taut for him.

He kisses you again before kissing down your neck and then down over your boobs, his tongue swirling and his teeth nipping at all the right places. Jungkook finds himself on his knees, right in front of where you need each other most. He spreads your legs a little more before he goes right in to kiss your center over your underwear. Your head falls back as you rest on your hands watching him bite his lip in excitement. You’d never had a guy go down on your the first hookup—you thought you could be in love right now.

His brown eyes glance at you briefly before you nod for him to make sure what he was going was okay. He fingers pull at your underwear and you lift your hips to help him drag the material down your legs. He grabs your hips and pulls your towards him, his mouth going straight to work on you.

You shut your eyes at the feeling unable to keep them open as he laps up and down your slit. He kisses you with hunger and when he finds your clit, the moan that escapes your mouth is loud and embarrassing.

“Oh god, Jungkook,” he smirks against your pussy before continuing to lap at your sensitive bud, his fingers now teasing your entrance.

He slips in one finger, pumping it slowly before entering a second—stretching you just how you need. You fall back on your elbows and your toes curl when you feel an orgasm close approaching.

“Fuck, fuck,” your hips raise as he focuses on your clit, his eyes never leaving your face. He can tell you’re about to come and he’d be damned if he didn’t bring you there. Two more kitten licks send you over the edge and you climax hard having to bite your lip so you don’t make much noise.

Jungkook licks his lips as he comes back to you to kiss you. You welcome him with open arms and you pull him on top of you. You needed him now and the issue in his pants showed he wanted you just as much. You help him push down his sweats and boxers and when you first get sight of his dick, your mouth nearly drops. Okay—the universe was definitely helping you out right now.

You reach down between you, wrapping your hands around his girth to fully harden him. He sucks in a deep breath when you pull and tug at his sensitive skin. You take his pre cum on your thumb and rub it around to make the slip easier. His forehead falls against your shoulder as you continue to jerk him off. His breathing increases as each pull comes from your hand and he’ quickly pushing your hand away.

“I wanna be inside you baby,” he says and it sends a shockwave through your core.

Jungkook finds a condom from his side table and rolls it on quickly. He positions himself between you, his nose brushing against yours as he pecks your lips.

“Ready?” He asks you as he guides his tip into you. Both of your mouths fall agape, a small whine coming from Jungkook’s throat as he pushes deeper into you. “Fuck—Y/N, you’re so tight.”

You lift your hips to help him get as deep as possible and when he bottoms out, you’re unsure if you’ve ever felt this full your entire life. His forehead falls against your shoulder once more and he kisses your exposed skin gently as he starts to slowly thrust in and out of you.

He feels more than amazing and your whole body feels on fire.

“Jungkook,” you breathe out as you wrap your legs around his back, “Faster, please.” You don’t care about sounding desperate.

He sits up on his elbows and obeys, snapping his hips against you harder and quicker. You hold onto his cheeks, your fingertips pulling at his hair and neither of you can be quiet now.

“Shit,” he marvels at the way he disappears inside of you, your cunt squeezing around him so he won’t leave.

“Jungkook—ah,” he hits your deepest spot in you and he sticks his thumb in your mouth to bite down on to shut you up. His other fingers grip the side of your neck and you feel like you could pass out from his ministrations.

“I’m not gonna last much longer,” he whispers in your ear and you nod pulling his face down to you, snapping your hips to meet up with his. You found yourself clenching around his cock as Jungkook’s breaths get shakier and shakier. “Fuck Y/N.”

“Don’t stop,” you managed to get out as he hammered you into his mattress, hitting your g-spot perfectly—another orgasm quickly coming into your system. Jungkook’s face was contorted and tortured as he chased his high deep inside of you. “Come on Jungkook,” you whisper beside his ear and he lifts his head up, crashing his lips onto yours.

Between your desperate attempts to be quiet and Jungkook’s relentless pace, you come again around his cock fast and hard, pulsating around him in spurts.

“Ah—fuck,” Jungkook’s hips ram into yours deeply as he finally finds his release. He collapses on top of your frame, his elbows the only thing holding him up. He pulls himself out of you a moment later, but he doesn’t move his body from above you.

Both of you are breathing heavy, it being the only sound radiating in the room. You caress the right side of his face, pushing his bangs away from his forehead. He leans into your touch with a small smile before kissing your wrist gently. He then rolls his body from yours, discarding of his condom quickly.

You both turn to each other as Jungkook throws an arm lazily around your waist.

“Are you even real?” His deep voice suddenly says with his eyes closed. You give him a sheepish smile as he opens his eyes.

“The universe is fucking funny huh?” You say and Jungkook laughs deep within his chest.

“Very funny,” he mumbles before watching your face intently.

“Now what?” You ask obliviously. Sure, you had your hookups on and off before but with Jungkook—something felt different—in a good way. Like he wasn’t supposed to be a hookup—but something more.

He shrugs, “Whatever you wanna be.”

You bite your lip hesitating before saying, “I know you just got out of a relationship so I don’t want you to feel rushed or anything.”

“It’s fine Y/N,” he gives you a small smile, “I’m fine with whatever you’re fine with. As long as you don’t break my heart.”

You laugh, swatting at his chest playfully, “You mean as long as you don’t break my heart.”

He smirks, “Deal.”

You meet with Namjoon and Jungkook the following week to begin working on your project. You three decided on meeting in the library after all of your classes were over for the day to keep it convenient. You and Jungkook finished around the same time and ended up grabbing some food before heading out to the library. It had not been that long since you and Jungkook hooked up and you two began to text and Snapchat each other everyday. Your friendship with Jungkook hadn’t changed in any way as you two didn’t officially have a label yet, but now one look at him sent you weak to the knees.

“You guys seriously couldn’t wait for me to get food?!” Namjoon shows up on the second floor of the library around 6:25 PM. You and Jungkook laugh at him as he sits down. He looks exhausted.

“Rough day?” You ask him as he sits down from across from you and Jungkook.

He lets out a deep sigh, “Have you ever amputated a finger before?”

You and Jungkook give each other an odd glance before scrunching your nose, “No, what the fuck?” Jungkook mutters.

Namjoon gives you a straight smile, “Well how about 4 fingers? That was my day summed up and I still think I’m queasy,” he shakes his head slowly.

You furrow your eyebrows at him, “Joon, don’t you wanna be a doctor?”

“Family medicine, not surgery or anything gross like that,” he explains and that makes much more sense—though I’m sure Namjoon knows medical school has a lot more than family medicine waiting for him.

“Gotcha,” you pull up the documents you have saved for your research on your computer. Under the table, Jungkook nudges your knee with his and you have to fight the urge to smile.

Namjoon watches, the two of you oblivious.

“You look happy,” he says. Jungkook looks up from his phone and you from your screen.

“Who?” You and Jungkook same at the same time.

Namjoon narrows his eyes, “Both of you… strange,” he licks his lips pondering on his words.

You glance at Jungkook before turning back to your screen, not wanting to be caught in his stare.

“Am I not allowed to be in a good mood?” Jungkook laughs sarcastically.

You bite your lip trying to suppress your smile. Sure, you and Jungkook had hooked up once or twice now and you two were slowly getting to know each other more everyday—but you swore the butterflies in your stomach told you something was special about him.

“I mean, you’re just always so quiet… and—hey why are you laughing?” Namjoon looks at you with a serious expression.

“I’m not laughing,” you say, biting the inside of your cheek.

“Yeah Y/N, quit laughing,” Jungkook says, nudging your leg under the table again.

“God I’m gonna get queasy again,” Namjoon’s face contorts, his eyes darting between the two of you, “Since when do you two flirt with each other? In front of me?”

Once again, you keep your eyes away from Jungkook, “We’re not flirting,” you say monotonously.

Namjoon looks at Jungkook since you refuse to meet anyone’s gaze. Namjoon raises his eyebrows at his friend curiously, an unspoken language going between them. Jungkook smirks before giving you one last glance before he says—

“Y/N and I hooked up.”

Your eyes widen instantly at Jungkook’s words and you whip your head to turn towards him.

“Jungkook what the fuck! I thought we weren’t gonna tell anyone!” Your words give away to Namjoon that Jungkook wasn’t bluffing.

Jungkook’s eyes soften looking at you, “Come on, his crazy ass was onto us anyways,” he motions towards Namjoon.

“Yeah, uh huh. I knew something was off when Jungkook’s ears kept going red every time he looked at you,” Namjoon slowly starts to smile, “How disgusting is that.”

You flip him off, “Well, don’t tell anyone.”

“So,” Namjoon pauses, “You guys aren’t…?” He trails his question off and both of you know what he wants to say. Soulmates.

Slowly, you both shake your head. Namjoon is slightly confused himself. Normally by 18 years old people have their other half assigned to them—him included. His partner’s name appeared on the inside of his palm when he was 15. But you and Jungkook were almost 22?

“Do you guys have one? That you just haven’t met yet?” Namjoon keeps his question low.

Again, you both shake your heads. Wow, Namjoon thinks. An idea suddenly pops into his head.

“Wait so—I have an idea,” Namjoon’s eyes light up.

“Oh god,” Jungkook mumbles.

“So if you guys don’t have partners and you two keep… doing it,” he pauses with a laugh, “Couldn’t we use your experience in our project?”

It takes a few moments for Namjoon’s words to register as your mouth falls agape. Jungkook pinches the bridge of his nose, unsure if he heard Namjoon correctly.

“Hyung, didn’t you just hear her say not to tell anyone?” Jungkook deadpans.

“I mean we don’t have to specify names,” Namjoon quickly elaborates, “I mean you guys did some research right? You’ve read all the horrible stuff that happens to people who go against nature.”

Yeah, you did read about that stuff and it absolutely terrified you. But even after hooking up with Jungkook and other suitors in your life—nothing bad had happened to you, so if anything, this research exists to only frighten people.

“Namjoon, I get what you’re saying but—I don’t know, we might not even hook up again,” you laugh waving your hand off.

“Wait, why not?” Jungkook’s voice suddenly goes to a higher pitch, his eyes looking at you quickly. Namjoon chuckles at the exchange. Namjoon had known Jungkook a long time and he’s never seen him want this much validation from a female—ever.

“I mean,” you pause looking at the dark haired boy beside you, “I didn’t know if—“

“Yeah yeah, work out this shit later,” Namjoon interrupts, “But I don’t know, just something to keep in mind over the rest of the semester.”

With that, the conversation ended and the three of you managed to begin typing up your report. Occasionally, you would bump Jungkook’s knee here and there just to see his reaction. He would smile although not sparing a glance at you. By the end of your study session, all three of you got a good start on the project and Jungkook’s hand rested on your thigh the whole night and you knew it didn’t belong anywhere else.

Weeks later, yours and Jungkook’s relationship became slightly more complicated. While you two managed to stay cordial in class and hide whatever the hell was going on between you two—once you two were alone, all bets were fucking off. Jungkook would come to your place or you would go to his when his roommates were out and he would fuck you into the mattress until you were nearly screaming. It was good—he was good—and quickly you felt yourself starting to catch feelings for him. You knew that was dangerous territory considering a name might pop up on your body any day, so as hard as it was, you repressed your feelings for him. You were unsure of how Jungkook felt. As better as he was at talking now and he did trust you, he wasn’t one for deep talk unless he had a few glasses of wine in his system. You were fine with that though, knowing it was probably for the better.

You had thought everything was going good—Jungkook, classes, exams, your project, keeping up with Taehyung and Jimin—until it all came crashing down one afternoon at your apartment.

It was a Friday afternoon and you had invited Jungkook over to… well… get your brains fucked out. You like to think you are a smart girl but today, you were being a grade ass dumbass because you had completely forgotten about your lunch date with Taehyung and Jimin.

Normally, Taehyung wouldn’t have cared if you had missed one day with him but as your best friend of years and years—he noticed something had been off with you lately. Slightly more… flakey than normal. Jimin noticed it too. So when Taehyung found himself outside of your apartment that Friday afternoon, what he saw—shook him to his core.

You and Jungkook had just gotten out of the shower after going at it like bunnies for a good hour. He couldn’t keep his hands off of you, placing his lips around yours and down your neck, leaving barely there marks behind of your ears.

“Jungkook—stop,” you push his bare chest away as you heard someone knocking on your door. He gives you a shit-eating grin, staying back in the hallway as you go to the door, holding the towel up around your body tight.

You open the door and your face fell instantly. Fuck.

“Taehyung? Jimin?” Your voice shakes, “W-what are you doing here?”

Without any warning Taehyung and Jimin step into your apartment and you begin to panic.

“What the hell Y/N, you’ve bailed on us without explanation three times now!” Taehyung says dramatically, “I mean damn I know Jimin and I are disgusting sometimes but the least you can do is give a heads—what’s that?” Taehyung’s eyes land on your neck and you step away from him, holding your towel closer to you.

“N-nothing,” you stutter. “I’m s-sorry I forgot about lunch, I’ve been really busy lately,” your excuse is lame, but you have nothing else.

“Busy?” Taehyung says eyeing you up and down, “I can see that.”

“Y/N hey where is—“ your eyes roll into the back of your head as Jungkook enters your living room at just the wrong time. No, he didn’t know it was Taehyung and Jimin, but it still doesn’t make you happy. Especially since he’s just wearing sweatpants, his hair wet like yours, compromising your secret.

“Whoa,” Jimin suddenly laughs looking at the scene. “This the quiet one?” He points over at Jungkook. Jungkook pouts—what are they talking about?—he thinks to himself.

“Holy shit Y/N what are you doing?” Taehyung doesn’t seem as enthusiastic. He looks over at Jungkook and you swear you see Taehyung salivate inside his mouth, “I mean I get why you’re doing it but, c’mon isn’t this risky?”

“I know you’re probably confused,” you bite your lip nervously. “I shouldn’t have kept this from you.”

“Yeah no shit,” he genuinely seems angry, an emotion not common to him. “We’re best friends Y/N.”

“Tae, c’mon it’s really none of our business,” Jimin steps in trying to help you out.

“It is too my business when he could potentially hurt her,” Taehyung crosses his arms. Jungkook seems taken aback by his comment and he steps towards you from behind.

“I mean I like her,” Jungkook’s voice quickly speaks up, startling you from behind. You turn your body to look at him, his eyes meeting yours.

“You do?” Your voice comes out in a squeak, a smile spreading on your face like a wildfire.

“You do?” Taehyung asks this time, looking between you two. He looks at his partner Jimin who specializes in this stuff. Jimin nods at Taehyung for reassurance.

“Yeah, a lot actually,” Jungkook steps closer to you, throwing an arm around your shoulder to pull you close to his chest. You try to hide your embarrassingly huge smile.

Taehyung’s body visibly falters, his eyes going back to his usual soft gaze. Taehyung knew you deserved happiness and if Jungkook made you happy—who was he to stop that?

“I’m sorry again for keeping this from you, it’s just we didn’t want…”

“No I get it,” he nods, “But don’t do that shit again,” he gives you a smile. As warm as Jungkook’s embrace is, you step away and give yourself to Taehyung’s arms.

“You’re the best,” you mumble into his chest.

“Bitch, I know,” his chest rumbles against yours. Jungkook watches you and Taehyung embrace, his heart swelling. Goddamn—maybe he is in a little too deep. At this point, he doesn’t care though. If anything, he wants to make you happy and he’d be damned to let the universe stop that.

It was officially Halloween. Nearly three months after you and Jungkook first crossed paths and met, the two of you were also “official”. Neither of you can recall the exact date it happened, but it was not long after Taehyung and Jimin busted you two. You and Jungkook had decided to not tell that many people outside of your inner circle—neither of you wanting to deal with the glares and questions. You didn’t have a name attached on your body and he didn’t either, so what were you guys doing wrong? Nothing. He was yours and you were his and you haven’t been this happy in a long time.

Jungkook, though his Virgo nature being quite selfish sometimes, was always sweet, caring, checking in on you, surprising you with flowers, genuine, and opened up some of his deepest fears to you. You had been on cloud nine for months all because of him. You had probably thanked Namjoon at least six different occasions for dragging you over to meet them way back when. Namjoon was happy for you two—though being as quizzical as he was—he had his concerns, though he never outright voiced them.

Jimin being how he was, had his concerns too. Everyone around you and Jungkook saw how you two were infatuated around each other. Jimin had never seen two people who weren’t soulmates have the connection you two had. It worried him for many reasons, which is why he’s voicing them to Taehyung right now.

“Babe, I don’t know,” Jimin says as him and Taehyung somehow got on the topic of you and Jungkook. “Don’t you think they’re moving really fast?” He questions.

Taehyung looks at his partner, a confused expression crossing his features, “Why do you say that? As long as Y/N is happy, I don’t really care who dicks her down at night, soulmate or not.”

Jimin lets out a laugh before shaking his head, “I mean, in all my case studies I’ve never seen two people like that.”

Taehyung deadpans his boyfriend, “Jimin, you of all people should know that’s not true.”

Jimin nods, immediately understanding where he is coming from. “I know. I’m just worried one of them will get hurt. A name is destined to show up on them eventually.”

Taehyung grinds his teeth, “Y/N has never been one to feed into that stuff so I’m not sure she would care anyways.”

“But she should Tae,” Jimin says, “Jungkook too. I mean there’s serious repercussions to messing with nature.”

“Well they’re fine now, aren’t they?” by Taehyung’s response—Jimin isn’t even sure if he full listening to him. Taehyung being good with numbers and business, he doesn’t fully grasp the concepts of soulmates like Jimin does. For Jimin—it’s his studies, his passion, his life.

“Yeah but—“ Jimin gets cut off by a harsh knock on his apartment door.

“They’re here,” Taehyung smiles walking over to get the door, “Don’t say anything sketch okay?” he warns Jimin as he opens the door.

You nearly fall on your ass as Taehyung opens the door. Jungkook pulls you back with a laugh as you walk into Jimin’s apartment.

“Tae! Chim!” You smile widely, throwing your arms around Taehyung’s neck tightly. You stumble in your heels and Taehyung’s hands steady you, a rumble in his chest.

“Jesus Y/N. How much have you drank already?” He exasperates, glancing over at Jungkook.

“I told her to slow down,” Jungkook puts his hands up in defense. You giggle letting go of your friend to quickly hug Jimin too. “She doesn’t listen to me,” he adds with a laugh.

“I’m fine guys,” you say glancing at Taehyung’s and Jimin’s costumes.”Really? Pirates?”

“Hey!” Taehyung defends, “How much more cliché could you two get? A doctor and a nurse?!”

You glance over at Jungkook in his scrubs and white coat and down your body. A slutty red and white nurse’s uniform complete with thigh highs hug your figure and you quite liked it, mainly because watching Jungkook shift uncomfortably every time he glanced at you made you feel accomplished.

“Hey, we look hot,” you point at Taehyung’s chest, stumbling backwards again. Jungkook decides to pull you to his side, not wanting you to fall on your ass for real this time.

“Come on babe, slow down,” Jungkook mumbles as he wraps his arms around your front, glancing down your cleavage from behind. You nudge his stomach with your elbow.

“I’m a big girl,” you pout, “So are we going or what?”

“Yeah, just waiting on the address,” Jimin smiles waving his phone in the air.

A few moments pass, chatter between the four of you ensues. You loved your little group. Taehyung and Jimin welcomed Jungkook with open arms, the four of you going out on double dates, grabbing coffee, watching movies, and studying all became weekly occurrences. You were always so scared to dive into another relationship given your age and circumstance, but you swore that someway and somehow—you and Jungkook were meant to be together.

Twenty minutes later, the four of you step out of your Uber and make your way towards the new bar that opened near your campus. It was opening weekend and a Halloween party was obviously necessary. You held onto Jungkook’s hand tightly as you made your way inside the crowded area. You immediately aimed your way to the bar, ordering a vodka-soda, Jungkook ordering some soju.

“Don’t blackout on me now,” Jungkook raises an eyebrow at you, watching the way you take a huge sip of your drink.

“I said I’m a big girl,” you stand your ground, “I bet I can put away twice as many drinks as you.”

“Don’t listen to her Jungkook,” Taehyung says grabbing his own mixed drink, “She likes to spit nonsense when she’s drunk.”

“Oh trust me, I know,” he smirks at you and roll your eyes at him. Jungkook leans down and you peck his lips lightly—the same butterflies swirling in your stomach all these months later. Jimin watches the interaction closely. He knows exactly how you and Jungkook feels, but he still can’t shake the uneasiness deep in his gut.

“Come on, let’s dance,” you smile up at your boyfriend tugging on his arm. The music was loud and good, you were not just going to stand around. Jungkook nods quickly as you finish your drink, leaving Taehyung and Jimin behind at the bar.

Your heels made you more even with Jungkook’s height tonight as you threw your arms around his shoulders to pull him closer to you. His hands grip you waist tightly, wanting every guy here to know that you were his. For some reason, for whatever fucking reason—Jungkook felt inclined to protect you. As you sing whatever song was playing loudly, Jungkook found himself smiling and laughing at you. His chest twisted and his heart thumped. He still pinched himself when he woke up in the mornings. How did he get so lucky in this fucked world of destiny? If you weren’t meant for him, then who was?

You turn around pushing your back to his front. He holds you close as you both sway to the music as if it’s only you and him against the world. He smiles into your neck, kissing your delicate skin once in awhile. He spins you out from him and spins you back in quickly, your mind going dizzy.

“Hey careful,” you whine as you turn to him once again, “I’m drunk you know.”

“I thought you were a big girl,” he teases you and you narrow your eyes at him.

“Maybe not when I’m drunk,” you yell-whisper into his ear. He laughs, pulling you into a kiss. To any wondering eye, it would look as if you two were soulmates among other destined couples. Maybe that was the point? To fake it and then it becomes real?

Your heart swells at the thought. Jungkook studies your face intently, knowing that uttering his next words could be real dangerous but when you flash your gorgeous smile at him—he knows he has to say it.

“Wanna know a secret?” He asks.

“Sure.”

“I love you,” the words spill from his mouth. Your movements stop and you swear your drunkeness subsides momentarily.

“W-what?” You stutter. Did you hear him correctly?

“I know we’re drunk and this isn’t the best time but yeah,” he nods, “I love you Y/N.”

You head spins and you heart drops into your stomach. A smile creeps up onto your face.

“Really?” you ask, your eyes similar to those of a puppy. Jungkook nods, biting his lip. Will you say it back? “Thank fucking god, I thought I was the only one,” you say dramatically.

He furrows his eyebrows, chuckling, “Really?”

“Jeon Jungkook I fucking love you too,” you say, “I was waiting on you to say it.”

Once again he laughs, “Babe you can’t wait on stuff, you gotta go after what you want.”

“Well I already have you, don’t I?” You point out, “Come on, let’s go home.”

“Why? We’ve have one drink babe,” he says as you’re tugging on his hand.

“I know,” you look at him with a devilish smirk, “But I wanna fuck you and I’m not doing that in this bar.”

Jungkook’s face falls, blood rushing to his cock. “Fair enough.”

November is cold, which means December is going to be even colder. The days get shorter and your nights get longer as you try to prepare for finals in the next few weeks. Currently you’re bundled in two layers of clothing in the back of the library with Namjoon, adding the finishing touches on your final project that’s also due soon. Jungkook had to attend a seminar for one of his classes this evening which is why he’s MIA.

“Lucky shit,” Namjoon remarks when you explain your boyfriend’s absence. It was still strange to refer to him as your boyfriend.

“Would you honestly want to be lectured about how building muscles in the key to life right now?” You raise an eyebrow at him pointedly. Jungkook could even admit as a sports medicine major some of the people and things he learns about is absolute horseshit.

Namjoon laughs, “Touche.”

You’re working on the presentation aspect of you project while Namjoon is typing away at the research paper. As much as you despised the soulmate hoopla, reading about this stuff was very interesting. You had read how soulmates are apparently linked and of course, there is truly only one person meant for you. You rolled your eyes at these statements. If that was true, then why have you still not been given a name? There were so many questions that were just unanswerable that you couldn’t get over. Sure, the soulmate thing worked for some you couldn’t lie about that. At the end of the day though, perhaps you were one of the lucky ones—not bound by a name and given free reign over who is in the same spot as you.

“How’s everything going with you two by the way?” Namjoon asks curiously. His eyes haven’t left his computer screen so you oppose looking back at him when you answer.

“Good,” you smile slightly, “It’s still weird to think that we’re together,” you laugh at your statement.

He smiles to himself, “Weird for you? How about weird for me? I introduced the two of you being Jungkook is shy twat.”

“I know, I know,” you reach across the table and squeeze Namjoon’s hand playfully, “Which is why I’ve thanked you how many times now?”

“Yeah yeah, you only. Jungkook hasn’t given me his thanks yet.”

“I wouldn’t expect him too.”

“Trust me, I’m not,” he smiles with another stifled laugh as you two try to keep quiet. “So nothing’s really happened between you two?”

He’s referring to your project which you hastily agreed on letting yours and Jungkook’s “experience” to be first hand research.

You shake your head, “No. By the fifth time we had sex I was expecting to “feel excruciating pain deep within my chest as the universe tries to pull me away” him,” you quote one of the claims made by a well-known and well respected researcher. It was almost comical—how could anyone believe this stuff?

“Okay, TMI,” he puts his hands up.

“Hey this was your idea,” you remind him.

“It’s just wild to me,” he says, “I mean we grow up thinking there’s someone out there only meant for us and you and Jungkook… just don’t have one?” He looks off in the distance and you’re not sure if you should be offended by his statement—though Namjoon is a realist and he’s very logical so everything he’s saying is true.

“We have each other,” you shrug, “That’s good enough for me. I love him for who he is,” you almost feel heat coming to your face but you push it down.

“That’s how I feel about Kaya,” he almost smiles.

You look at him curiously—Namjoon hardly ever speaks of his soulmate. They’ve been together for a long time but she goes to university a couple hours from here so they don’t get to see each other as often as they would like.

“Can I see?” You whisper. He furrows his eyebrows, confused. “Your mark, I mean.”

Namjoon looks down at his left hand before nodding, opening his palm for you. In faint white writing, almost skin color—is the name Kaya in beautiful cursive. It makes your heart strings feel heavy for a moment. You knew you didn’t need a name to find love but you had always been curious about what it would be like to dawn one.

“Did it hurt? When it showed up?”

He shakes his head, “Not really, just kind like a little sting.”

“Why do you think I don’t have one? And Jungkook too?”

Your question catches him off guard. Honestly if anyone could answer this question, it was Park Jimin but he obviously wasn’t here. Namjoon was smart though—maybe he had good theories.

“I honestly don’t know,” he says softly, “I feel all the research of this stuff only applies for people who have one.”

You snort, “Right.”

“I mean you can never say never though,” he shakes his head, “Just because society has said before eighteen, that could be bullshit for all we know. You saw how in some of these articles, some names showed up in people’s early and mid-twenties too.”

“Yeah… and then what?”

“What do you mean?” He asks.

“It’s just seems so unfair that I can see Jungkook in my life after college and that could be taken away so easily. Or I could be taken away from him… it’s just so fucked don’t you think?” You don’t even realize how shaky your tone is, but Namjoon picks it up.

“Are you worried about that?”

Your mouth goes dry, “I like to think he’s the one for me,” you say after a few seconds of silence.

He bites his lip, unsure of what to say next, “Well maybe he is,” he offers trying to lighten your mood.

You look down at your hands, inspecting your wrist and fingers carefully. Your stomach churns at your next thought.

“And what if he isn’t?” You glance back to find his eyes staring holes into you.

“Then it wasn’t meant to be. I’d like to think the universe isn’t wrong.”

You nod slowly taking in his words. Sure you and Jungkook had been official for awhile now and you hoped that this feeling with him would never end. You liked to think the universe isn’t wrong either and maybe that’s why you and Jungkook found each other—cause it was meant to be.

Yours and Namjoon’s conversation stuck with you the rest of the evening. Jungkook had picked you up from the library in his black Mercedes around 8 PM. Even though it was a Wednesday, you and Jungkook had been staying at each other’s places more often than not. With your only roommate being away in Europe for study abroad, it was nice having him stay with you.

Jungkook noticed something was bothering you as he drove back to your place as you didn’t say much to him. You gripped his hand tightly in yours but the way your eyes didn’t meet his— it worried him. He became even more worried when you didn’t want to eat dinner after he had picked up your favorite takeout. It was his treat to you since he was unable to come to the library tonight.

“I’m just not that hungry,” you said pushing around the Chinese food with your chopsticks. You were both sat on your couch, your feet up in his lap watching some romantic-comedy TV show—Jungkook’s choosing—not yours.

“You’re always hungry,” he says poking at your leg to try to get a smile from you. Nothing. He furrows his eyebrows at you though you don’t even notice it as you’re looking away from him.

“What’s up babe?” Jungkook’s question takes you out of your thoughts. Were you that obvious?

“Hm?” You glance at him, trying to play your emotions off.

“You’re just being so… quiet?” He says softly, setting down his plate on the coffee table. He shifts his body to your frame, a hand holding up his head on the back of the couch.

“I don’t know,” you mumble, “Just have a lot on my mind.”

“Y/N you can tell me anything you know,” he rubs the back of your calves. The motion alone relaxes you significantly and you still don’t know how someone has this affect over you.

You pause, unsure if you should voice your worries to him. Would they cause problems between you two if you said what you were actually thinking? Was Namjoon right? “It’s just Namjoon and I were talking tonight and—“

“What did he say to you?” Jungkook quickly interrupts with a harsh tone. As much as Jungkook loved Namjoon like a brother—he was too brash and sometimes that lead to hurt feelings.

“It’s nothing he said it just got me thinking,” you shake your head aimlessly, looking behind Jungkook’s head at the wall. He doesn’t say anything wanting you to continue. “Don’t you worry about the future?”

Jungkook purses his lips, thinking deeply about your question before answering honestly.

“Everyday,” he says, “But I like to live for now, in the present… why are you asking?”

“What are we supposed to do if we’re separated, huh?” The words tumble from your mouth, your tone not the sweetest. You tense up in Jungkook’s hands and he notices your demeanor quickly changing.

“Why are you saying that Y/N?” His voice is confused and heavy.

“Because I fucking love you Jungkook and I don’t want you taken away from me, that’s why,” you let out a deep breath, pushing yourself up and off the couch. Jungkook watches you as you stand up and walk towards the kitchen. You’re clearly distressed about something. Slowly, he rises to his feet sauntering over to your frame that’s staring down at the sink.

“Y/N,” his voice is low behind you. Your knuckles are nearly white from gripping the side of the counter so hard. You felt tears pricking in your eyes that you had to force away. Jungkook wraps his arms around your front and you lean back into his frame.

He rests his head on your shoulder, “Baby I get it, okay? I know it’s scary not knowing what the hell is wrong with people like us—“

“That’s the problem Jungkook,” you say, “There’s something wrong with us and it’s fucked up. How do we know that this, us, is okay?”

“Listen I know you don’t believe in destiny and all that stuff but,” he pauses nuzzling into your neck, “But I do and I feel like if this, us—isn’t meant to be, then what is?”

You lean your head on his before you reluctantly turn your body around, your hands sliding behind his torso.

“How are you so sure?” You mutter meeting his gaze. His eyes are worried for you but still deep down, they have a light and wonder you’ve never fully understood.

He gives you a tiny smile, brushing his nose against yours, “Because I love you, okay? Like I’ve never loved anyone more before, I promise you, we’ll be fine. You will be fine.”

The weight from your shoulders is lifted as Jungkook’s words reassure you. He had such a hopeless romantic complex about him, you were sure he knew everything right to say to make you feel better. He was right—the odds of you two being this late in the game and meeting can’t be coincidental. He was yours and you were his—that’s all that mattered.

“Are you good now?” He raises his eyebrows at you and you nod against his forehead, leaning forward to peck his lips.

“Much better,” you then say. Jungkook chases his mouth with yours again before pulling away after a brief kiss.

“Good because I had something important to ask you anyways,” he says giving you some space.

Your eyes bulge, a worried look instantly spreading on your features, “You’re not asking me to marry you, are you? After what we just—“

He shakes his head with a laugh, “No, not right now at least,” he continues to laugh and your heart lurches at the thought. “But I was gonna ask if you wanted to come to Busan with me, for Christmas?”

You are taken aback by his question, your mouth parting unsure of what to say.

“Like go home with you?” He nods at your question, “And meet your family?” He nods again.

“I know we haven’t been together that long but I’d figure I would offer,” he shrugs.

“Do your parents know about us?”

“I mentioned someone to them on the phone the other day.”

“Do they know the full situation?” you ponder. You two weren’t soulmates and meeting parents was a huge step.

“No,” he says, “But that doesn’t mean we can’t fake it,” a smirk spreads on his lips.

“Jungkook, I don’t know if that’s the best idea.”

“None of my ideas are the best ideas let’s be real,” he chuckles, “And I’m not saying you have to go, but if you want to the offer is there.”

You bite your lip as your eyes meet. The stove light was shining on his face so his small scar was prominent. It would be nice you suppose, meeting his brother who gave him that scar and his parents too. You had never met any of your significant other’s parents—Jungkook really must believe in you two then.

“I’ll think about it,” you smile up at him, squeezing your arms tightly around his frame. He nods before leaning down, kissing you once again gently. Your night ends with you finally eating your food and Jungkook in your bed making you feel better than anyone ever has. It was perfect.

WINTER

“And how, may I ask,” your professor’s voice is the first to ask a question when you are done speaking, “Did the three of you manage to maintain data regarding the intimacy of two people whose souls are not bound yet?”

Your eyes flicker over to Namjoon and Jungkook. You’re about to respond but Namjoon beats you to it.

“Professor Jung, we know it can seem like we made up part of our research but,” he pauses, “But we trust the individuals who relayed us this information in the past three months and out of respect for them… we ask for you not to probe too much.”

Your professor’s eyebrows raise at Namjoon’s comment. His eyes flicker between the three of you, unable to decipher Namjoon’s passive aggressiveness. You were thankful he decided to answer the question, because you’re sure that you would have been too nice about it. Why can’t this jackass just take the information you are presenting and shove it up his ass?

“I see,” he breathes in deeply, “It just seems very hard for me to wrap my head around the argument that you’ve presented, when there’s so much research saying the opposite. The effects of intimacy is sacred for soul bonded people. Horrible illnesses and other things can happen to these people that go against nature.”

“It does seem that way professor,” you chime in, “But perhaps it’s time for new, more in-depth research to be done on this subject. These independent relationships may not work for everyone but in this case—it has.”

He chews on the end of his pen, “I agree wholeheartedly and though I still have my doubts about your research, I cannot deny the three of you have presented me with a topic that no one ever has before. The psychology behind soul-binding, sex, and relationships is amazing and endless… and isn’t the point of life to ask questions?” He seems to have lost somewhat focus on the three of you. What an idiot.

“Exactly,” Jungkook nods sending you a quick wink. You chew on your bottom lip to avoid from grinning. “As they say, we learn something new everyday.”

“That you are correct Mr. Jeon,” he say points to your boyfriend. “Well, I think you three have presented a wonderful project and I look forward to reading your research paper for further depth. Expect a grade by the end of the week. Thank you, it was… mostly a pleasure having you in my class,” his eyes glance at you briefly and it takes all of you not to launch at him over his stupidly expensive desk.

“Thank you professor. Have a good winter break,” Namjoon smiles. The three of you leave the small conference room attached to his office. Thankfully, you did not have to present your project in front of the entire class.

You let out a groan of relief when the cold winter air welcomes you outside. “Thank god that’s over!” You smile up at the sky.

Jungkook throws an arm around your shoulder to pull you in close, “What grade do you think we’ll get hyung?” He smiles at Namjoon who is digging around for his phone.

“Hopefully an A. With the bullshit you were feeding him? I think he loved it, he was just being a hardass because of Y/N,” he motions to you.

You’re mouth falls open, “Hey! It’s not my fault he doesn’t like me! He’s a raging psychotic sexist,” you huff crossing your arms over you.

“Uh huh,” Namjoon hums, “First day straggler.”

You narrow your eyes at him before Jungkook nudges you, “C’mon I’m freezing, let’s go home,” he whines and you give him a small nod.

“I’ll see you after break?” You ask the dimpled man in front of you.

He smiles, “Yeah for sure. But I gotta go—I have a plane to catch later tonight.”

“Where are you going?” This is even news to Jungkook.

“Oh, Kaya and I are going to Europe for two weeks, should be fun,” he looks down at his phone, “Oh shit, yeah I gotta go, Merry Christmas!” He waves at you two before running off in the opposite direction to the bus stop.

“Europe? I wanna go to Europe,” you pout looking up at Jungkook. He gives you a peck on the lips, your pout irrespective.

“We’ll go one day. It’s fun,” he says as you two begin to walk towards the student parking lot.

“You’ve been?”

“A few countries there, yeah,” he nods intertwining your fingers. Jeez, the amount of things and places Jungkook has been in his 22 years made your life look boring as hell. “Like I said, we’ll go—I promise,” is the last thing he says before you two get into his car.

The car ride is mostly a comfortable silence on the way to your place. His hand rests on your thigh, holding you tighter whenever he takes a turn.

“Are you sure you don’t want to come with me?” Jungkook asks suddenly getting your attention.

“It’s not that I don’t want to Jungkook,” you say, “It’s just Taehyung said he was going to be here by himself all break and when he asked, I felt bad.”

He pouts giving you a glance, “I know but I’ll be lonelyyy,” he drags out.

“You have your whole family babe,” you laugh at his childish demeanor.

“Yeah but I’m not exactly into cuddling my brother when I go to sleep,” he mutters and you swat his arm. “And you’re telling me I have to go two weeks without having sex?!”

“Jungkook,” you roll your eyes with a laugh, “You’re starting to sound like Professor Jung with your concerns about sex.”

“Duh,” he says, “Why do you think I liked him so much?”

“I hate you,” you deadpan and you gives you a shit-eating grin.

“I love you too.”

The next couple days Jungkook stays at your place completely, not wanting to leave your side before he has to go to Busan for two weeks. He was very disappointed that you didn’t want to go to Busan with him, but he knew Taehyung was your best friend and you were bound to do anything for him.

“I can’t believe you’re trusting me with your car,” you say pulling into the train station parking garage. His Mercedes was a low-ground sports car, complete with a V8 engine and custom leather seats. You were still blown away that Jungkook had this car in college. You assumed that his parents must have money because you didn’t know how else to explain it.

Jungkook was nervous watching you drive his baby. When you would press on the gas or the breaks a little too hard he could felt his heart stop for a second.

“Yeah just please be careful,” he pleads as you park perfectly. You put his car in park and turn to him.

“Don’t you trust me?” You blink your lashes at him. He smirks adjusting the beanie on his head.

“I do,” he says, “Mostly.”

“Let’s make a deal Jeon,” you suggest as you help him unload his bags from the trunk. Jungkook was like a woman bringing two full suitcases and a duffle bag with him for a two week trip.

“Shoot babe,” he says.

“If nothing happens to your car in these two weeks—which it won’t—you can treat me for being a good girl,” you smirk up at him and he visibly gulps, rolling his tongue in his cheek. He thought your morning sex would have been enough but he wonder’s if he should take you into a bathroom at the train station and fuck your brains out again before he leaves.

“Deal,” he manages to choke out, going against his previous thought. Goddamn he was so in love with you he wasn’t sure he could make it without you for two weeks. In the five months you have known each other this was going to be longest time spent apart.

As you approach the ticket counter for Jungkook to check in, you start to feel a sadness settling in your heart and stomach. You felt like you were being dramatic about not seeing Jungkook for two weeks but he had become such an important role in your happiness—it was going to be weird not seeing him everyday. He truly was your other half.

“Alright I gotta head to my platform,” Jungkook says giving you a weak smile. “Thanks for driving me here.”

You try your best to muster up a smile, “No problem.”

He quickly pulls you in for a hug, encasing your frame around his tightly. You inhale his scent deeply so you won’t forget it in the next couple weeks.

“Don’t miss me too much,” he mumbles into your ear.

You pull your head out of his chest, “As long as you don’t miss me too much.”

God you two were disgusting.

He smiles leaning down a for kiss, you close the gap between you two. You only kiss for a moment not wanting to catch any unwanted attention.

“I love you,” you smile at him.

“I love you too,” he says, suddenly reaching into the deep pocket of his large sweatshirt. “Here,” he hands over a tiny box wrapped in Christmas paper and an envelope taped to the bottom of it.

“Jungkook,” you look at him and then the present, “We said we weren’t going to give each other presents.”

“I know but I couldn’t resist. I just thought of you when I saw it.”

“Thank you,” your heart flutters and you give him one last peck before he has to leave.

“Merry Christmas,” he says, “I’ll let you know when I arrive.”

“Merry Christmas Jungkook.”

A brief walk back to Jungkook’s car has your heart in shambles. As you watched him leave for his platform, you couldn’t help but think you should have went with him. Taehyung would have understood—but that also meant meeting his parents and you weren’t sure that was a good idea just yet.

You settled into the driver seat of his car, carefully tearing the wrapping from the small box. Your eyes widen when you open it, a baby teal box revealing a beautiful ring on the inside. A gold band shines in the light, a small circular diamond in the middle shines even brighter.

“Holy shit,” you breathe out, quickly ripping open the envelope that he also gave you. It contained a cheesy Christmas card, his handwriting scribbling—

Merry Christmas Y/N. You’ve changed my life in more ways than one. I’m just one call away and I’ll always be here for you.

Cheesy I know—but you know cheesy is my middle name.

I love you.

Jungkook

“Jesus Christ Y/N!” Taehyung exclaims when you show him your new accessory on your hand. “This must have been thousands of dollars,” he grabs your hand to inspect the jewelry. “Tiffany too? What kind of money is Jungkook’s parent’s shitting out for him to give you this?”

“Hey now, he does well with his photography,” you pinch in, noting that he began selling pieces after much consideration.

“I know I know but damn,” he moves your hand around to see the light catching in the diamond. “When did he give you this?”

“The other day when I dropped him off at the train station.”

“Wow… I think you’ve won in the boyfriend category Y/N,” his eyes still haven’t left your finger and you know it’s the alcohol in his system that is keeping him mesmerized.

“It’s not a competition dumbass,” you spew at him.

“What did you get him? An amazing blowjob topped with a new lens for his cameras?”

You laugh at Taehyung’s words, “I’m more mad at the fact the he even bought it, we said we weren’t going to give each other gifts.”

“Well shit Y/N he basically proposed to you—that’s not a gift, is it?” His glassy, wine drunk eyes look at you curiously.

You pull your hand away from him, laying back down against your couch.

“Tae,” you mutter, feeling slightly tipsy yourself, “Do you think Jungkook and I will last?”

Taehyung leans back beside you, exhaling a deep breathe heavily. He doesn’t say anything for a few moments. The silence isn’t uncomfortable but it makes you nervous.

“Yeah,” he says, his eyes looking straight ahead, his tone real and understanding. Taehyung couldn’t voice it—no matter how much he wanted to over the months of you relationship with Jungkook—but he knew what you were going through in more ways than one.

“Really?” You look at him, nuzzling your head into his outstretched arm. He looks down at you before nodding.

“If you two want it to work… it will,” his voice deep and serious.

“How do you know that though?” You mutter, your tone down and pessimistic.

He breathes in deeply, “I just do… I know you two love each other. Anyone can see it Y/N. Don’t doubt anything unless you’ve been given a reason to doubt.”

Taehyung was always more philosophical when he was drinking and this proves that even more.

“Trust me,” his deep voice adds when you don’t say anything immediately .

“What would I do without you?” You finally muster looking up at him.

He smirks, “Lose your mind, that’s what.”

“Give me more credit than that asshole,” you push against his torso.

He laughs before responds with, “Hell no.”

“Well, should we open up our presents?” You give him a small smile glancing at the gifts that were lazily strewn on the floor. Your miniature Christmas tree was slightly pathetic—but it was better than nothing you suppose.

“Sure, but don’t expect another item from Tiffany alright?” He muses as he stands up to grab his gifts for you.

“Fuck off,” you laugh reaching your hands out as he places a bag and a box wrapped in front of you. You were sure Jimin wrapped these given how perfect they were.

“You first,” he gives you a warm smile. You dig into the bag first as it is less to unwrap. Your mouth drops open when you pull out a box of condoms, Taehyung stifling a laugh behind his smile.

“Taehyung are you kidding me?” You’re trying hard not to laugh either. He fucking would.

“Ultra thin… thought they would come in handy since, you know, you two fuck like bunnies,” he sends over a wink and you’re quick to flip him off. You open his next present which happens to be a coat you’ve been eyeing for the past few weeks, but hesitant to buy due to the $300 price tag.

“Tae, you didn’t have to get me this,” you marvel at the thick material, the baby blue color just the one you wanted. “This is too expensive—“

“Babe it’s fine,” he shakes his head, “I know you need some help with our wardrobe so I’m only offering my services,” he says matter of factly.

You move the box away from you and throw your arms around his neck. He hugs you tightly and in this moment you realize how happy your are. You perhaps have the best boyfriend and best friend of anyone you know. You didn’t think anything would change that.

“Here,” you pass Taehyung over your present and he quickly rips the paper off. He looks like a little kid on Christmas morning and you decide to pour more wine as he fidgets with the box.

“Shit Y/N!” He smiles widely, “Holy shit you didn’t have to get me this,” he takes his gift out of the box. He smiles widely at the leather bag you got him. Not a cheap price tag either—but it was Taehyung’s favorite bag and his old one was not cutting it anymore.

“It’s fine,” you shake your head, gulping down your white wine quickly. You two were quite drunk at this point.

“Jeez,” he shakes his head pulling you into another bone crushing hug, “Fuck Jimin and Jungkook. Let’s just get married, you and me kid.”

You laugh at his words, “Trust me, if you were straight I would take you up on that.”

The rest of your evening is spent with watching “How the Grinch Stole Christmas,” more wine, and endless laughter with your best friend.

It’s about 5 AM when you wake up in your bed with a busting headache and a stomach ache that has you doubled over on your toilet. Fuck, did you really drink that much? Your question is answered when everything in your stomach is coming up through your esophagus. You don’t know how long you sit on your knees, hands on the toilet throwing up your guts.

“Y/N?” Taehyung appears at your bathroom door rubbing his eyes, “Whoa, are you okay?” He quickly comes down behind you, holding your hair back and away from your face.

Finally after what seems like forever, you stop throwing up, resting your head on the porcelain.

“Yeah,” you groan, your throat raw and sore, “I guess I just drank too much.”

“Shit, do you need anything?” He asks, voice laced with concern.

“Just some water please,” you tell him and he leaves to quickly get you a glass. “Fuck,” you mutter to yourself. You’re not sure the last time you were this hungover was. You knew you needed water and sleep—maybe that would alleviate the pain in your head and stomach.

You get back into bed a few moments later with Taehyung laying down beside you. He gives you your space and before you know it, both of you fall back to sleep.

You wake up again around 10 AM, your headache still busting but your stomach more settled now. You’re sipping tea watching another Christmas movie with Taehyung when your phone rings. A smile stretches on your face when you see Jungkook’s name pop up.

“Hey,” you answer the phone, sitting up from your position on the couch.

“Hey babe,” his voice brings comfort to your ears, “Merry Christmas.”

“Merry Christmas,” you say, “Did you have a good morning?”

Jungkook hesitates over the line before speaks again, “Uh, yeah… what about you?”

You furrow your eyebrows at his tone. He sounds… distant and unconfident with his words.

“I mean I’ve been better,” you laugh, watching Taehyung glance at you quickly.

“What’s wrong?” He asks.

“Well I’m just really hungover, Taehyung really did a number on me with the wine last night,” you laugh again trying to ease whatever tension Jungkook is holding through the phone.

He chuckles nervously for a moment over the phone, “Well drink some water and rest okay?”

“I know, I’m gonna take it easy for the rest of the day,” you look at your nails that desperately need to be manicured.

“Yeah good,” is all he says and you purse your lips. Normally Jungkook is so talkative over the phone—what’s up with him?

“Babe are you okay?” You ask him with genuine concern. You would hate for him to be going through something and him not tell you. Taehyung gives you a weird look and you shrug your shoulders.

“Yeah,” he clears his throat, “I’m just tired from all the Christmas hoopla I’ve had to do the past few days,” he says seeming to explain his demeanor, “But I’m gonna call you later okay? I’ve got a Christmas brunch to get ready for but I just wanted to wish you a Merry Christmas.”

You smile at his words, “Alright, have fun. I’ll talk to you later. Hurry home. I love you.”

“I’ll try I promise,” you can sense a small smile in his voice, “I love you too.” So much.

You stay sick for the next three days. Your body aches, your head hurts, and you’re still throwing up occasionally therefore you’ve barely had anything to eat the past three days. You and Taehyung are afraid you’ve picked up a small flu from someone. Despite this, Taehyung stays with you, not wanting to leave you alone sick like this.

Jimin gets back from home a couple days after you’ve fallen ill. Jimin being a medical guy himself, is unsure of what or who could have gotten you sick.

“As long as you don’t get and maintain a fever, I think you should be fine,” he says watching your frame on your couch. You had not felt this sick in so long and of course it had to be right before Jungkook got back home too.

“Should Jungkook come around her? He gets back when, tomorrow?” Taehyung asks you.

You nod, “Yeah, tomorrow evening,” you manage to say through your sore throat that feels like it’s actually on fire.

“I don’t think you’re contagious otherwise he would be sick too,” he motions to Taehyung, “He should be fine,” his voice is low and steady. His eyes don’t leave your frame though you’re too tired to notice Jimin’s intense stare.

You push yourself off of the couch, wanting to get some sleep in your bed. “I’m gonna take a nap, you guys don’t have to stay here if you don’t want to.”

Taehyung and Jimin exchange a glance before nodding, “We can get some food and bring some back for you later?”

“That would be great Tae,” you smile at him, “Thanks guys.”

Jimin and Taehyung leave your apartment, locking the door behind them with Taehyung’s spare key.

“Do you think she’s really okay? I’ve never seen her like this,” Taehyung mumbles to Jimin as he pulls up directions to the nearest ramen restaurant near them.

Jimin’s throat goes dry and he hesitates, biting his lip, “Honestly, I think we’ll just have to see.”

Jimin’s words are uneasy in Taehyung’s mind—both of them equally worried for you.

. You are jumping out of the shower when you get a text from Jungkook.

[Jungkook ♥ 6:58 PM] I’m about an hour away. Can’t wait to see you.

You smile at his text, heart fluttering at the thought of seeing him again. Today you woke up feeling a lot better—still not 100%—but you could actually stomach food today. Despite your illness, you didn’t really care at this point. You could wait to see Jungkook—you missed him so much more than you thought you would have.

[You 7:00 PM] Perfect. I’ll see you soon ♥

[Jungkook ♥ 7:02 PM] ♥

The train station is more crowded than it was went you sent Jungkook off. The masses of being returning from their holiday was immense and you were afriad you weren’t going to be able to find Jungkook through the masses.

Little to your knowledge, Jungkook had spotted you after he exited his platform—a beautiful baby blue coat hanging off of your frame—signaling where you stood. After not seeing your face for two weeks, he smiled to himself. You were so fucking beautiful to him and he loved you so much—it only made his heart hurt even more.

He hesitates walking towards your back that’s facing him. He takes in a deep breath before he wraps his arms around your front. You jump in his arms and turn around with the smile that makes his day. Today—it only breaks him even further.

“Jungkook,” you turn around and hug him tightly. Finally—he was home. He doesn’t say anything as he returns your hug, kissing you on the top of the head. He glances down at his arms, pulling his jacket sleeve down, making sure his watch wasn’t going anywhere.

After all, he was desperate to hide the name that was inked on his wrist that wasn’t yours.

JUNGKOOK

Christmas Eve—Busan

Jungkook’s tie is too tight around his neck. He swore to his mother that it was fine but her being as stubborn as she was, made sure to secure it so that not even she could move it. He pulls at his collar and his older brother, Junghyun laughs at him.

“You look like a little kid, pulling and tugging at that you know,” Junghyun eyes Jungkook and he rolls his eyes.

“It’s suffocating hyung—I’m not drunk enough for this bullshit,” Jungkook responds with a laugh.

It was their annual Christmas Eve party held by their father’s company and it was just as stuffy and rich as Jungkook remembers. Jungkook and his brother didn’t speak much about their wealth. They had both grown up with more money, toys, clothes, shoes, and vacations that they ever needed. They never once complained as they both know how incredibly lucky they were to have already lived 5 lives before turning 30. They did however, understand how tiring this lifestyle was.

Perhaps it is why neither Jungkook or Junghyun pursued business as a major—neither one wanted to have this much to handle on their plate. Thankfully, despite most of the people that associated with the Jeon family—their mother and father were humble and respected their sons’ decisions to make their own path. If it were up to their mother though, should would have her sons closer to Busan than so far away.

“Well, the night is still young,” his brother speaks again, handing Jungkook a glass of champagne.

“There you two are,” Yeri—Junghyun’s soulmate and partner appears from what seems to be out of thin air. “Hi my love,” she smiles up at Junghyun as he pulls her closer to his hip. “Jungkook, how are you?”

“Pretty good, my tie is too tight,” he pouts.

Yeri observes Jungkook, “I think it looks good?” She looks back up at his brother and he nods in agreement.

“I know, he’s just a baby,” he remarks and Jungkook rolls his eyes.

“Anyways, your mother is looking for you two—we’re about to eat dinner,” she informs and both of the brother’s nod.

Jungkook follows closely behind them, weaving in and out of people to get to their designated table. Jungkook only recognizes a handful of people he passes even though they know exactly who he is. They find their table, their parents already seated and ready for dinner.

Jungkook smiles when he sees his mother, bending down to hug her.

“Hello Jungkook, Junghyun,” she greets her sons, “Yeri, please sit!”

He takes a seat right of his mom, Junghyun and Yeri to his left. His father is busy speaking with a business partner at the table to pay much attention to them. Jungkook grew up used to that though—his father always overworking himself, barely getting home before they had to go to bed. Despite this, he was still a great father in Jungkook’s eyes, providing and making them laugh every chance he got.

“What’s for dinner, Mrs. Jeon?” Yeri asks. Jungkook’s mother loved Yeri the moment she set her eyes on her all those years ago and nothing has changed.

“Oh, we’re having a little bit of everything—bulgogi, samgyeopsal, jajangmyeon, kimchi. I hope it’s good, we had to get a new caterer this year,” a sudden worry falls over he face but she quickly brushes it away.

“Perfect, I’m starved,” Jungkook mumbles, once again, mindlessly tugging at his collar. Jungkook’s mom swats his hand away.

“Quit it, you’re fine,” she scolds him and he settles in his seat, picking up his newly poured glass of red wine. It was true—he was starved and if he didn’t get food in his system quickly, he would probably become tipsy from a singular glass of champagne and wine.

The food arrives at each table in an orderly fashion as everyone finally takes their seats. A few words of thanks are spoken before everyone digs in, placing various meats on the grills in front of them. Commotion and chatter quickly fill the large hall. Jungkook is busy stuffing his mouth with noodles when suddenly his name is spoken across the table.

“Jungkook,” his father addresses him. He swallows his food quickly before raising an eyebrow in response. “You remember Mr. Kim, Seokjin’s father?”

The mention of Seokjin brings a wash of memories over Jungkook’s brain. He was an older kid that him and Junghyun used to play around with growing up.

“Yes, of course,” Jungkook slightly smiles to the elder.

“I can’t believe you’re almost done with university,” Mr. Kim compliments Jungkook, “What are you majoring in again?”

“Sports medicine,” Jungkook says feeling slightly intimidated by his stare. Suddenly Mr. Kim’s eyes glance down to Jungkook’s hand and he suddenly feels self conscious about his the ink colored on his fingers. He quickly retracts his hand under the table before he speaks again.

“Well that’s really good to hear,” he smiles warmly again, “Are you planning on furthering your education past undergrad?”

“Yes sir,” he nods, “I plan to pursue a sports physician or therapist within the next few years.”

He looks over at Jungkook’s father, “I don’t think your sons could be any more opposite than you and I,” he laughs and Jungkook’s father nods with a small smile.

“As long as they’re happy, that’s all that matters,” his father says. Jungkook glances at Junghyun, hoping he was paying some attention to the conversation so Jungkook could continue eating. He wasn’t.

“Yes I see,” Mr. Kim nods, “They will do good for themselves and their partners, I’m sure of it.”

The mention of the word partner gets Jungkook’s mother’s attention.

“Oh yes, Junghyun and Yeri have recently leased a house in Seoul,” she smiles proudly at her eldest. It was true—Junghyun was a practicing lawyer and Yeri was a court reporter so they were doing pretty well off even though they haven’t reached 30 yet.

“If only they could hurry up and get married,” she then adds with a laugh. Junghyun looks over and he grimaces, though no ill intent by the stare.

“Mom, we’ve told you. We’re settling our house and finances for another year or so, then we are,” he responds swiftly.

“Well, then it seems like Jungkook is due next,” Mr. Kim adds into the mix. Suddenly, Jungkook tenses up and his face falls. Oh how he wish you were here right now so he wasn’t alone in this.

“Well Jungkook does have a partner, right?” His mom looks over at him. Jungkook had mentioned you to his mom and dad but that was it—so this is news for Junghyun and Yeri who were carefully listening to his words. Jungkook was 22 after all—the clock was ticking.

“Yes mom,” he nods, “I invited her to Busan with me for the holidays but she decided to stay back home,” he explains.

“Ah, that’s too bad, we would have loved to meet her,” Mr. Kim says, “Next time though?’

Jungkook nods, a small smile present, “Next time.”

The conversation thankfully dies after that. As much as Jungkook wanted to talk about you—he was so hesitant for well, obvious reasons. His mom had the most questions about you and he answered all of them to her liking. She seemed to think their souls were bonded and wasn’t that the point he was trying to make? He wanted his mom to love you like he did and he was confident she would by the way her eyes lit up when he spoke about you.

“She seems lovely Jungkook,” she says, “And you just met her this year? After all this time?”

After all this time—yeah right. “Yeah, we had a class together.”

“Well I for one cannot wait to meet her,” she smiles taking a sip of her wine, “You should invite her again when you two graduate, you know we have to have a party to celebrate.”

Jungkook’s mouth goes dry but he nods quickly, just wanting to focus on the dessert that was being place in front of him.

“She would love that,” is all he says before he digs into his cheesecake. After a few glasses of wine, Jungkook had felt himself become a little tipsy and he knew he needed to slow down if he wanted to enjoy Christmas morning.

After he finishes his sweet treat, he excuses himself to get some water. As much as he hates these kinds of things, he wishes he had his camera to capture some memories—even though it was his first Christmas with you despite being separated by hundreds of kilometers.

He reaches the beverage table, quickly asking for a glass of water when suddenly he feels a tap on his shoulder.

“Excuse me?” A girls voice asks, “Would you mind getting me a glass of Chardonnay?”

He glances at the girl before nodding, asking for a glass to hand to her. The server hands Jungkook a wine glass and he turns around to see the girl for the first time. He’s slightly taken aback from her beauty. She’s got warm brown hair that flows down her chest, welcoming eyes, and a smile that he swears sparkled in the light.

“Thank you,” her eyes met his and he feels his chest tightening the longer he looks at her. As much as he wants to look away—he physically is unable. She seems to feel the same because he doesn’t know how much time has passed of them staring at each other before someone calls out to her.

She glances to her right, raising her glass as another thanks before walking away from Jungkook. His eyes follow her as her back turns to him. She’s wearing a simple purple dress with sleeves and heels that make her legs look long and lean.

He shakes his head out of his trance-like state, what the fuck? He takes another gulp of his water—it has to be alcohol getting to him. He’s about to head back to his parent’s table when he suddenly feels an itching on the inside of his left wrist. He scratches his skin harshly and he winces when it’s more painful than a normal scratch.

He glances down at his sleeve, pulling the material back to see what was so painful. He does a double take when he moves his watch, noticing harsh red lines forming on skin. The fuck, he thinks to himself. Jungkook makes the decision to excuse himself to the men’s room to cool the burning off with some water.

Thankfully he’s the only person occupying the room and he quickly turns on the water, running his skin underneath it. The burning subsides after a few moments and as he’s reaching for a towel to dry himself, he drops it to the floor before he can even use it.

While the red marks have gone away, a thin black line has replaced them.

Rose.

He blinks heavily, shaking his head. Is he really that drunk? He takes his nail to scratch at the black and when it doesn’t move, his mouth parts and the tie around his neck feels even more constricting.

“No,” he whispers to himself.

Rose.

It’s still there.

“No, no, no,” he mumbles, “Fuck,” his breathing picks up heavily and he looks at himself in the mirror. His face is pale and his eyes are blown out. Fuck.

Rose.

He moves his watch back over the marking and runs a hand through his hair, pulling on the ends harder than he should. He almost feels tears threatening to fall when he realizes what’s happening. This has to be a sick joke? The universe cannot be doing this—not right now—not after all this fucking time?

As much as his mind is racing, drunk and confusion do not make a good combination, he sees one thing for sure in the back of his brain. You. As this thought, his stomach churns deeply and before he realizes it—he’s spitting up some of his food and alcohol into the toilet.

“Fuck,” he says again wiping the perspiration away from his clammy hands onto his pants. He takes in a deep breath, freshening himself up before he leaves the bathroom with the mission to find one person and one person only.

Once he comes back into the main room, his eyes glance around quickly for a head of silky brown hair and a purple dress. His head looks around rapidly and anyone who saw him probably thought that he looked crazy. He spots Junghyun and Yeri getting another drink at the bar and he swiftly walks over towards them.

“Hyung,” Jungkook speaks quickly, shaking his brother’s shoulder.

“Huh? Jungkook, you okay?” His brother notices how ill Jungkook looks. Face pale, hair messily pushed around, uneasiness in his large eyes.

“Have you seen a girl,” he pauses trying to slow down, “Purple dress, kind of ashy brown hair to here,” he demonstrates the length with his hands. Junghyun looks at Jungkook like he’s crazy. Hell, maybe Jungkook is going crazy.

Junghyun shakes his head, “No I haven’t. What’s up?”

“I may have seen a purple dress going that way,” Yeri points her finger towards the other side of the large room. “Jungkook are you sure you’re okay?”

He doesn’t even give them one more glance before he thanks Yeri quickly, turning on his heels to head that direction. He nearly trips on his feet trying to get across the masses of people congregating. The ballroom has a couple hallways that lead off into other rooms and he decides his luck, checking in and out of the rooms. He’s coming up empty until he stops dead in his tracks, a back clad in purple facing him, talking to another man with blonde hair.

Suddenly, the blonde looks at Jungkook from over her shoulder and she follows. Her eyes meet Jungkook’s and he fills his breath hitching, his stomaching rolling once again.

“Hello?” The blonde asks curiously.

“Hi,” Jungkook steps forward. His hands are buried deep in his dress pants so they can’t see the way they shake with every breath.

“Yoongi, will you get me another drink please?” The girl speaks looking back at the man. He nods, settling not to say anything else as he brushes past Jungkook.

The girl stands awkwardly, her finger rimming an empty wine glass slowly. Jungkook can barely look at her but something is compelling him to. He can’t take his eyes off of her—she’s beautiful. He slowly walks towards her with some hesitation. She finally meets his eyes again and she visibly breathes in deep through her nose, her chest rising.

“Hi,” Jungkook says again.

“Hi,” she says with a low tone. She bites her lip nervously and she suddenly looks around the room—anywhere but him. “This place is really beautiful isn’t it?”

Jungkook follows her lead, eyes glancing around the room too, “Yeah, it is.”

“Your parents know how to put on a party,” she muses with a small laugh. Goddamn, he thinks, she is so beautiful. So, she knows exactly who he is.

“This is nothing compared to some other years,” he gently smiles when her lips turn up, her cheeks getting bigger with her own smile.

A silence falls between the two of them. She sways in her heels trying to relieve the pain in the balls of her feet.

“It’s you isn’t it,” Jungkook speaks first. She looks up at him, still saying silent. “You’re Rose?”

She dips her head, some of her hair falling in her face. She nods slowly, “I can’t believe you’re here,” she whispers and she almost sounds sad, perhaps broken? “After all this time,” she adds.

She looks at Jungkook like he’s her whole universe. Oh how he wishes he could say the same thing about her—it’s what this beautiful girl deserves. She deserves someone whose heart beats for them and them only. That wasn’t Jungkook—he had you and god how much he wanted to spend his life with you only.

“When did you find out?” He asks keeping his voice low and steady so his nervousness won’t show through.

“When I was fourteen,” she says. His heart sinks even further for this girl. His name had been engraved upon her skin for 8 years.

He doesn’t say anything else, opting to look down at his feet. The tension is there—the tension the universe gives soul bonded people. He feels his tie suffocating him again and he reaches up to loosen it again, to no relief though.

Suddenly, Rose steps forward, grabbing Jungkook’s hand to move it away from his collar.

“Let me help,” she says and he swears his heart stops beating when her delicate fingers touch his. Rose manages to undo his impossibly tight neck tie from his mother, retying it just as fast, but a lot more comfortable for him and his neck. Suddenly, Jungkook is glad you were unable to come to Busan with him.

“Thanks,” he laughs, “It’s been suffocating me all night.”

“I could tell,” she returns a chuckle, her palms resting on his chest. She’s just as nervous as he is—he can see the way she breathes unevenly being this close to her.

“I’m Jungkook,” he says.

“Rose.”

“Did you have a good Christmas?” You ask Jungkook as you step into his apartment. If possible, Jungkook came back with thrice as much stuff as he left with and you wanted to help him unpack.

“Pretty good,” he says simply, “I think my parents were disappointed you weren’t there,” he chuckles lightly. Jungkook’s roommates were still back home, not coming back until the new year, so you were going to stay with him to keep him company.

“Well, one day I’ll meet them,” your eyes search for his and he seems somewhat off. He hasn’t said much since you’ve picked him up from the train station. His eyes have looked a little lost, unsure of where to look.

“Yeah,” he shrugs off his coat and begins to unzip one of his 3 suitcases. You unzip a second, noticing how different his clothes smell.

“I see your mom did your laundry?” You quirk an eyebrow at him. He glances at you briefly, a small smile playing on his lips.

“Of course, what kind of son would I be if I didn’t bring all my laundry for my mom to do?”

Small conversation is said between the two of you as you unpack, fold, and hang up his clothes. You can’t help but notice the luxury men’s wear tags in the pants and shirts you hang up.

“What do your parents do Jungkook?” Your thumb brushes over the thick material of a new coat he received as a gift.

He’s hesitant to speak but he decides to tell you anyways, “My dad is president of a large company back in Busan. You know my mom is an artist,” he says and you recall the days he’s spoke highly of his creative mother.

Ah, you think, now you understand where the wealth comes from.

“I don’t like telling people because I don’t want people to think I’m some spoiled snob,” he laughs at the thought.

“Babe, you’re the farthest thing from that. You know work hard for things you want, what does it matter what anyone else thinks,” you hang the last piece of clothing from his suitcase up and he watches you intently.

He leans against his desk, arms crossed as he watches you carefully.

“Wanna see something I got,” he says clearing his throat as you look him in the eyes. His eyes quickly look away from yours, unable to face you fully just yet. You nod when you notice his eyes light up as he rummages through his duffle bag to pull out a new camera.

“Holy shit,” you admire the piece of technology as he holds it carefully in his hands. “Who got you this?”

“My brother if you could believe it,” he sounds like he doesn’t even believe his brother was capable of gifting him such a nice present.

“Damn,” you mutter, “Have you used it yet?”

He nods, “I played around with it at the beach before I left,” he says looking at your subtle smile. “Here, lemme take a picture of you,” he smiles a little wider.

“What? Jungkook I look disgusting,” you step away from him. Your hair is thrown up on your head, no makeup, and an oversized ratted turtleneck covers your frame.

“Baby come on you’re beautiful,” he pouts while adjusting the lens and other settings. “Please I wanna remember this.”

You furrow your eyebrows at him, “Remember what? The remnants of my illness that’s made me look crusty for days now?”

He laughs at you, “Sure, whatever you wanna call it,” he holds up his camera to see the lighting on you. “Sit down and scoot back,” he commands to you. You do as he says, sitting on his bed and scooting so your back is hilt against the wall.

“Here?”

He nods, “Mhm,” he focuses on adjusting the last of what he needs to before he says, “Smile babe, you’re on camera.”

You give him a glare before your features soften, giving him a small smile as you look directly into the lens. Your eyes meet Jungkook’s through the lens and he feels his chest tighten. He hated this—he was so in love with you he couldn’t stand the thought of losing you. You were his present and future—he didn’t want anyone else. How could the universe break him like this?

He snaps a couple photos before looking at them in the small frame. A small smile lets loose on his lips as his heart palpitates for you. He feels your eyes watching him closely and you’re unsure why—despite his smile—he seems so sad and so unsure.

Whatever is bothering him, you could only hope that he would open up to you soon and not suppress his feelings.

Jungkook’s only hope right now is cherishing these moments with you because as he has come to learn in the past few days—nothing good ever lasts.

Your phone was buzzing and buzzing annoying you to your core as you tried your best to shove your dangly earrings in your ears. You look down at the caller ID and you roll your eyes with a groan.

“Fuck Taehyung we’re coming!” You half yell at your phone that was still buzzing on your desk. Hearing ruckus in your room, Jungkook peeps in.

“You good babe?” He asks taking notice of how your room is practically flipped upside down. Clothes and jewelry are sprung around and the dress you have decided to wear isn’t even zipped yet, your lower back fully exposed to him.

“Yes,” you say finally slipping the plastic backs on your earrings. You look over your shoulder at Jungkook, heat rushing to your face when you realize how good he looks tonight. “Will you zip me up?”

He nods taking a step towards you, his fingertips cold against your skin. He slowly zips the beaded material up your back slowly not wanting to catch any strings. When he’s done, he wraps his arms around your front pulling you close to him.

“You look beautiful,” he smiles into your neck and you keen into his arms, your feet already blistering in your heels.

“You look sexy,” you muse with a giggle. He turns your body around to flush against his front and he quickly leans down to capture your lips. He’s slow and gentle, wanting you to know how much he cherishes you. He’s careful not to put a hand in your hair knowing how frustrated you were trying to fix it right, so he cradles your neck in one of his hands as you lean into him deeper.

You jump slightly in his arms when your phone starts buzzing again. Jungkook steps away from you and you groan loudly again.

“Remind me to kill him when we get in the car,” you punctuate as you grab your bag and the baby blue coat Taehyung gave you.

“Will do,” Jungkook gives you a wink before grasping your hand into his tightly.

New Years Eve was always a fun time in your friend group, especially at your age. Ever since you started university, you and Taehyung had made it tradition to go to one of the fancier bars in your area for the special occasion. Only having to pay an upfront free—it meant an open bar, free music, and a damn good time.

“Goddamn Y/N,” Taehyung says as you’re waiting in line to get in the bar.

“What? Is there something on my face? My teeth?” You panic looking at your best friend.

“No,” he pauses looking at your date up and down, “You really lucked out didn’t you.”

Jungkook suddenly laughs as his comment and you swat Taehyung’s head.

“Hey back off buddy,” you say wrapping your arms around Jungkook’s torso, “He’s mine asshole.”

“And you’re mine,” Jimin eyes Taehyung playfully. Taehyung had already drank half a bottle of champagne in the car ride from your apartment so he was definitely feeling frisky. It was absolutely freezing outside tonight and Jungkook made sure to keep his arms around you as you waited and waited outside.

“What’s going to be your drink of choice tonight Kook?” You look up at your boyfriend who looks so unbelievable handsome you could cry.

“Hmm, I’m thinking whatever will get me very drunk. Perhaps whiskey?”

Your face contorts at the mention of the dark liquor. Too many bad memories with that one.

“Lemme guess,” Jimin says, “You’re going to down about five green tea shots and then switch over to vodka soda with a splash of cranberry juice.”

Your eyes widen, slightly perturbed, “Am I that basic of a bitch?”

Jimin nods once, “Babe I’m a bartender, we can see girls like you coming from a mile away.”

“Ugh, fine you got me. But maybe instead of vodka soda I’ll just do a flat.” Truth is, you hadn’t drank since your sick spell over Christmas and you were more than ready to get drunk.

A few more minutes and you’re in the crowded bar. You stay close to Jungkook, his hand secured around yours as you make your way to the bar. As expected, you order green tea shots and Jungkook lives up to his previous statement—ordering a whiskey sour to start his night.

You’ve never seen this many people here before. It’s loud, hot, and crowded but it’s everything you could want for New Years Eve. Besides, what’s the fun in going out if it’s not going to be a little chaotic?

After a few drinks, Jungkook finds himself relaxing as he dances close to you. He’s happy right here and right now, but he can’t fully let go—his mind occupied of another woman. He hates himself for doing this, but what is he supposed to do? He’s careful around his arms, making sure his watch stays put and he sleeve doesn’t venture too far up just in case.

Your smile is wide and you feel like you’re on cloud nine. Sure, it was scary now that you were starting your last semester of college in a week but since you had Jungkook—you felt more secure in whatever life decides to throw at you than ever.

“I love you,” you say to Jungkook. It’s simple but you could tell him every minute of everyday and not get tired of it.

“I love you more,” he says. He’s honest and he only hopes you can’t see the deep sadness in his eyes. He kisses the tip of your nose and you scrunch it up at the feeling. “Do you want another drink?” He asks.

You nod, “Yes please.”

“Vodka cran?”

You nod once again, “I’ll be with Taehyung over there.”

Jungkook leaves you behind, walking back towards the bar. If he really was going to try to forget his worries—he was going to need something stronger.

“Two shots of whiskey please,” he says. He’ll get your drink when he’s finished so the ice won’t water it down.

“I didn’t take you for a whiskey guy,” a voice comes from his left and when he looks, he feels his whole world stopping.

“R-Rose?” He blinks, making sure he’s seeing correctly.

“I thought it was you over here,” she smiles asking the bartender for a shot of tequila. “How are you?”

He’s speechless. How? Right now?

“Doing well, how are you?” He asks trying to seem sly. God he could only hope that no one he knew, especially you, saw him right now.

“Same, I’m mentally preparing for my hangover tomorrow,” she laughs before downing her shot quickly.

He smiles, “I feel that,” he downs his first shot. It’s hot and it’s burning his throat. “Listen I’ve been meaning to text you but—“

“Don’t worry about it,” she waves her hand, “I mean what are the odds of us being here together? That’s worth more than a text right?”

He swallows, “Y-you’re right. I didn’t know you lived here.”

She nods, her gaze heavy and somewhat obscene, “I go to the all girls university in the area.”

“Ah, I see,” Jungkook says glancing around. Thankfully the copious amount of people have shielded him from anyone’s view.

“Are you here anyone tonight?” Fuck.

“Just some friends,” he says smoothly. “You?”

“Same. My roommates made me come, but now I’m glad I did,” she smiles brightly and Jungkook can himself falling deep into the hole again. Fuck the fucking universe.

“Me too,” he says before he can catch himself. Her eyes glance down to his lips before she looks back up at him.

“Well, I need to get back to my friends before we get fully separated,” she smiles again, “Come say hi if you see me again,” she winks.

He nods, his eyes wide and mouth dry. “Will do.”

He downs the second shot as she walks away, his eyes unable to rip from her frame. Jungkook was in deep shit—no doubting that. There was only so much longer he could keep up this facade. He was heartbroken to the core and as much as he wanted to be selfish and forget about the name attached to his wrist—that wasn’t plausible. It was a reality he had to face sooner or later.

“Fuck,” he says, ordering your drink before he forgets and another shot of whiskey for the hell of it. There was no getting Rose off his mind now but he could at least try. He knew one thing though—once the clock struck midnight, he was ripping you out of this bar faster than a racehorse.

“Oh my god thank you,” you drunkenly smile up at Jungkook when he comes back with your drink. In your intoxicated state, you don’t notice Jungkook’s demeanor change as much as other people do. Specifically Jimin, who is standing off from your side, eyeing Jungkook up and down. Jungkook looks nervous, tense, and unsure about his surroundings. Jimin was curious about what happened to him in the last five minutes of him being gone.

“Oh shit you guys, it’s almost midnight!” Taehyung yells throwing an arm around Jimin’s shoulder.

“What are you gonna wish for?” You gaze up at Jungkook as he throws an arm around your frame protectively.

“Is that a thing babe?” He questions, a small smile playing on his lips.

“Of course it is!” You say, your expression wide and full of disbelief. “I mean I always do it.”

Jungkook leans down and pecks your forehead, his vision fuzzier now that the 3 shots of whiskey have been through his system, “Well I’ll make a wish then, just for you.”

“You better,” you wiggle your eyebrows at him. The clock hits 11:59 PM and the countdown to the new year begins.

Jungkook’s grip tightens around you, afraid that if he lets go you’ll find out his deepest secret and run away from him forever. You lean your head on his chest, unknowing of anything that’s bothering him deep down. You inhale his scent, his laundry and cologne intoxicating you even further.

Ten… nine… eight… seven… six… five… four… three… two… one!

You look up at Jungkook with another beautiful smile and he leans down to close the short gap between you two. The cheers around you drown out as you focus on each other. One of your hands pulls him down from the back of his hair closer to you, smiling into the kiss.

You wish for nothing to change—you were happy and had your partner—that’s all you could ever wish for.

Jungkook wishes for things to change—to go back to normal—but he was afriad that there wasn’t going to be a normal for you two ever again.

Jungkook makes love to you that night like you have never experienced. Every kiss, every touch, every breath is so slow and calculated. He thrusts deep and hard into you, hitting your cervix with each snap of his hips. You both are drunk but if anything that makes it all the better. You two are fully relaxed in each other’s arms and it was just you and him in that moment. He makes you come two, three, and by the fourth time you can’t breathe. His hands grip your waist and under your ass pushing himself possibly deeper into you.

You hold his face close to yours as he drowns out your half screams and moans with his lips. When he finally comes after holding back to relish each second of his cock being inside of you, it’s the most glorious orgasm he’s ever had.

“Fuck—“ you cut him off with your lips as he stills inside of you. “I love you,” he breathes out heavily, collapsing on his elbows.

“I love you,” you whisper back.

He kisses your collarbone and around your neck, trying to hold back his tears threatening to fall.

“I love you more,” is the last thing he says that night before you two drift off into sleep. He means every word.

University starts back up a couple weeks after New Years. Your final round of classes were starting off great—most of them being bullshit electives. You were going to enjoy your last semester here and you refused to waste yourself away in school work before hitting the “real world.” You didn’t have any classes with Jungkook or Namjoon this semester which was somewhat of a bummer but you would survive.

Jungkook wasn’t doing good to say the least. He was stressed more and more each day. He barely had a good nights sleep in weeks—waking up every few hours thinking about two very different girls in his life. He had begun to converse with Rose over text message so he didn’t seem like a grade-A asshole. Every time he sent or received a text back, his stomach churned and his heart yearned. He couldn’t help himself—this is how the universe works. It was the hardest thing for him to keep a secret like this from you. He hated lying to you and he wasn’t sure how much longer he could do it.

He turned to his photography more than ever in the past few weeks. His hobby slowly becoming his life to distract him from his actual problems. It’s how he found himself early out in the morning, before 7 AM to be exact, shooting the sunrise from a river about ten minutes from his apartment. He was playing with his new toy and lenses that Junghyun had gifted him, loving the camera the more shots he snapped. He didn’t have class until noon and he couldn’t sleep and he couldn’t think of a better way to pass the time.

It was quiet and peaceful. He loved the countryside and this spot reminded him of back home. It was freezing to say the least and he quickly threw on his gloves before he went through his recent captures.

“Jungkook?” His name leaves a female and his chest twists—recognizing who it is immediately. He looks away from his camera, Rose approaching him from his right. She’s wearing leggings and a thick jacket with running shoes.

“H-hey,” he drops his camera some, “What are you doing up this early?” He asks as she stops in front of him.

“I could ask the same to you,” she smiles breathing heavily. She looks down at his camera before looking back up at his face, “I couldn’t sleep so I decided to go on a run to clear my head.”

He nods slowly, “The best way to clear your head indeed,” he muses. “Same though, to answer your question. Couldn’t sleep and I figured I would come takes some pictures.”

She hesitates before asking her next question, “Can I see?”

Jungkook doesn’t answer immediately, looking down at his camera nervously.

“O-only if you want to though,” she adds picking up on his secluded frame.

His eyes soften and his shoulders drop, “No, it’s fine, here.” He clicks around the buttons to bring up the most recent pictures of the sunrise, the river, and it’s reflection.

“Wow,” Rose whispers, smoke following her words as they hit the cold air as he clicks through each one, “These are great Jungkook.”

He smiles shyly, glancing down her frame, “Thanks.” She’s shorter than you are, her head barely hitting his shoulder.

“Have you been taking pictures for long?” She looks up at him when he’s done showing the pictures.

“A few years now,” he says, “It’s my favorite thing to do with my free time.”

“Well from what I can see you’re really talented,” she smiles, “You should do it professionally.”

He blushes, “A man can only wish,” he laughs, fog coming from his lips too.

A silence falls between the two of them. Jungkook isn’t sure what to do and Rose looks around the area, only a handful of people in the surrounding vicinity.

“Hey I was about to go to this café down the street, wanna come with?” She asks. Jungkook is taken aback by her offer. He notices a sadness behind her eyes and he bites the inside of his cheek before nodding slowly.

“Yeah, that’d be nice.”

The café is small and quiet. It smells of espresso and pastries. Jungkook orders himself a coffee with cream and sugar while Rose decides to get some type of iced drink.

“It’s below freezing and you’re drinking iced coffee?” He quirks a brow at her as they sit down beside the main window.

She shrugs, “I love iced coffee more than I love myself.”

He smiles, sipping on his hot coffee slowly not wanting to burn his tongue. Another silence falls between them and Jungkook takes this time to study her more. She’s petite and gorgeous. She’s the type of girl he grew up crushing over. In the few conversations they’ve had, he knows they are very much alike. Each day talking to her and seeing her pop up in random places in his life proved to him this wasn’t a fluke. Rose was his soulmate and Jungkook was hers. That’s the fucking reality and it fucking sucks for him. He could see himself falling for Rose quicker than anyone else before—that’s what is supposed to happen anyways. But he had you—he didn’t want anyone else. You were his end all be all, not Rose.

“Jungkook,” she speaks lowly, “Can I ask you something?”

“Yeah, of course.”

“Are you seeing someone right now?”

Her question makes his heart rate speed up.

“W-what?” His mouth is dry despite the coffee, “H-how—?”

“One of my friends on New Years saw you leave with a girl,” her voice breaks off. Shit.

“I,” he pauses, unsure of what to say, “It’s complicated.”

Complicated?! He was in a committed relationship that was approaching 6 months!

“I’d rather you tell me the truth than lie Jungkook,” she says. “We’re soulmates, we’re supposed to open up to each other.”

He furrows his eyebrows deeply, “It’s not that easy Rose. I just met you almost month ago.”

His words cut her deep but she stands her ground.

“I get that but,” she pauses, “I just don’t want you and whoever you’re seeing to be hurt. I’m sure you knows what happens when—“

“Yes. I know,” he says. He’s already seen it—you’ve already experienced it. The constant up and down sickness from you was just one side effect of a bonded soul that stays with one who isn’t bonded to them.

“Do you love her?” She asks.

“With everything in me,” he answers honestly. She looks away from her soulmate, unsure of how to feel. She had been waiting for him for 8 years. She was expecting her happy ever after. The last thing she thought would happen is that her soulmate would be in love with someone else. Processing this information was going to difficult for her and she couldn’t begin to imagine what Jungkook was going through right now.

“Have you told her?”

He shakes his head slowly, “No.”

She purses her lips, squeezing her cup a little too hard, “I’m not telling you how to go about this Jungkook, but if you really loved her, why are you continuing to hurt her?”

“Taehyung we have to talk right now,” Jimin says into his phone.

“Baby it’s not even 8 AM,” Taehyung’s morning voice is deeper than his actual voice.

“No—like Taehyung it’s urgent.”

Taehyung is beginning to worry what could possibly be going on.

“Is everything okay?” He asks sitting up in his bed, pushing the hair from his face.

“No,” he says, “Not at all.”

Jimin hangs up the phone and makes his way to Taehyung’s apartment. He half jogs, unable to keep up with his feet. Jimin’s mind is racing as he begins to piece his suspicions together.

“Good morning,” Jimin enters the apartment, a shiver going down his back as he steps into the significantly warmer apartment. Jimin glances around the apartment, his eyes frantic. “Y/N isn’t here, is she?”

Taehyung watches his boyfriend with tired eyes like a hawk. “No, why would she be here?”

Jimin nods quickly, “When did she first get sick?”

“Whoa, Jimin what’s going on?” Taehyung holds his hands up, his brain still not fully functioning.

“Just answer the damn question.”

“Uh, Christmas morning, early in the morning.”

“And has she been sick since then?”

Taehyung furrows his eyebrows, “Um, she mentioned being sick the day after New Years. Jimin this is stupid, she was hungover both days—“

“Do you know who this girl is?” Jimin pulls out his phone, pulling up a picture of Jungkook and a girl neither of them knew sitting at a small cafe across from each other.

“Where did you get this?” Taehyung asks taking his phone to zoom in on the pic.

“This morning,” he says, “I went to the gym and saw those two together.”

“What does this mean? Is Jungkook cheating on Y/N?!” Taehyung feels himself begin to get angry, handing the phone back to Jimin.

“Well according to Hoseok, the bartender from New Years I sometimes see around asked who the girl Jungkook was cuddled up to at the bar on New Years… and it wasn’t Y/N.”

Taehyung’s face clenches, “W-what? I don’t understand what you’re getting at Jimin. Is Jungkook cheating on Y/N?” He asks again.

“Taehyung, don’t you get it?” Jimin asks running a hand through his hair, “I study this stuff for fucksakes! This,” he holds up his phone of the picture again, “She’s Jungkook’s soulmate, Tae.”

His mouth parts open, “H-how are you so sure?”

“I don’t know the full story but I’m guessing a name came up on Jungkook over Christmas and destiny brought them together after being apart for so long…”

“A name? Jimin, Jungkook is 22 like Y/N… they don’t—“

“Late bloomers—it’s rare, but it happens Taehyung.”

“Fuck,” Taehyung breathes out, fully awake now, “So Jungkook has a soulmate and hasn’t told Y/N I’m assuming.”

Jimin nods, “I’m sure of it. She needs to know Taehyung—it’ll only get worse for her the longer Jungkook stays with her,” his voice trails off. Jimin cared for you as much as anyone close to you and he knew the consequences of tangoing with someone else who was soul bonded.

“I’m gonna kill Jungkook,” Taehyung grips his hair harshly, “When should we tell her?”

Jimin hesitates but speaking after thinking about what could happen to you the more Jungkook hides his secret, “The sooner the better.”

“Babe I don’t know how to do this,” you whine as you stares at a knife and a half open salmon. Jungkook laughs at your attempt to filet the fish for your dinner together.

“It’s not that hard Y/N,” he says pointedly, coming to aid your aid. In one motion, Jungkook manages to remove the skin from the fish.

You roll your eyes at him, “Why are you so fucking good at everything?”

“I’m just that talented,” he gives you a side eye before throwing the fish into the marinade. “Are you sure you want to salmon by the way? I know you’re still not feeling the best.”

“Jungkook it’s fine—I’m not going to get sick from this,” you hoped at least, “Plus you love it and I wanted to do something special for our anniversary.”

It was true—today marked your sixth months with Jungkook. January was brutally cold and quickly passed. Now the beginning of February wasn’t any warmer, but it did mark that spring was coming soon.

You couldn’t believe you had been with Jungkook for sixth months. Six months had come and gone like that. It was odd being in a committed relationship for this long when two people weren’t soulmates—but frankly, you were sure Jungkook was your soulmate so it didn’t really matter anyways.

As Jungkook watched you whip up some rice and veggies to go on the side, he couldn’t help but feel guilty. Guiltier than fuck. It had just been over a month since he meet Rose and to put it shortly—the universe was fucking trying it. No matter where he went, she always seemed to be there. They texted at least a few times everyday, obviously keeping it to himself. Rose was being patient, as she was trying her best to understand Jungkook’s situation, though he had a gut feeling she didn’t want to wait around much longer for him. Time was running out for Jungkook and it was running out faster than he ever wished it do be.

You and Jungkook finish and eat dinner together on the couch. Sure he had a small dining room table but it was tradition for the two of you to cuddle up on the couch together for your meals. Plus, his roommates weren’t home so you may as well make yourself comfy.

“What are you thinking about?” you ask Jungkook when he goes silent for a few moments. As much as you loved Jungkook, you knew something had been bothering him for weeks that he hadn’t opened up to you about. If it was something he really wanted to open up with you about, he would have already and you felt it wasn’t your place to prod. When he was ready, he would be ready you suppose.

“Hm?” his doe eyes look into yours before glancing away, “Nothing much… I just can’t believe we’re graduating in three months,” he laughs shaking his head in disbelief.

You agreed with him, “Crazy right… are you scared?”

He looks down at your legs that are draped across his, “Yeah, I am.”

A look falls on his face that you can’t read. He’s blank on the outside but you’re sure deep down whatever he’s thinking about is torturing him.

“Jungkook,” you nudge him, “Are you okay?”

“Yeah, why wouldn’t I be?” he asks with a grimace.

“I don’t know,” you shrug, “I just feel like something has been bothering you.”

He bows his head and you’re sure he’s about to be fully honest with you until he says, “I’m just stressed babe.”

You narrow your eyes at him. Stressed you can believe—but what? School? Family? Us?

“If you don’t tell me what’s wrong I can’t help you Jungkook,” you say. You can visibly see his jaw clenching as he grinds his teeth.

“If I wanted you to know don’t you think I would fucking tell you Y/N?” he snaps and it makes you jump in your position, “Don’t be so goddamn nosy if it’s none of your business.”

Jungkook stands up from the couch and your mouth parts at his words. Not only are you taken aback, but you can’t believe Jungkook actually spoke to you like that.

“Don’t fucking talk to me like that,” you stand up and make your way towards him. He’s lean against the counter, his head down. “Jungkook, hey, what the fuck?” you ask him, beginning to get more and more frustrated as each second passes.

He lifts his head to look at you, a pained expression on his features, “Look I’m sorry—“

He’s cut off by heavy knocks on your door. Neither of were expecting anyone and if it was his roommates, they would have just used their keys. Your eyes follow Jungkook when he goes and opens the door. What happens next goes by so fast you weren’t even sure it happened until Jungkook is stumbling backwards, a groan emitting from his lips.

“Taehyung?!” you nearly scream rushing over to Jungkook, “What the fuck?! What are you doing?!” Taehyung walks into the apartment with Jimin close behind him.

“Ow, fuck man,” Jungkook holds his cheek in pain. Taehyung didn’t look like he had much power but he just proved himself wrong.

“Have you told her yet,” Taehyung speaks, looking straight at Jungkook, “Or are you still lying to her?”

You look between the two of them, your mind racing and confused.

“Told me what? Taehyung what the fuck are you doing, are you crazy?!” you yell at him again.

Jungkook and Taehyung continue to glare at each other. Jungkook notices Jimin staring too and he knows—it’s over.

“Not right now Taehyung,” Jungkook says angrily. You whip your head over Jungkook again. What’s going on?!

“Told me what?” you ask looking back over at Taehyung and then Jungkook again, “Told me what Jungkook?!” you raise your voice at him.

“Y/N,” Jungkook says, his eyes full of a wave of sadness. Your heart begins to race, your hands clammy and you feel like you might get sick again.

“What’s going on Jungkook?” you feel tears begin to well in your eyes. You know something isn’t right, otherwise this would not be happening right now.

“I was gonna tell you,” Jungkook’s voice breaks off as he comes closer to you, taking your hands in his, “I just didn’t know how.”

You feel a tear come down your face, “Baby what’s happening?”

“Hurry the fuck up,” Taehyung spits, “We don’t have all night.”

“Taehyung,” Jimin scolds him from behind.

Jungkook doesn’t break his gaze with you as he lets go of your hands. He pulls the sleeve of his left sweatshirt, moving his silver watch back in the process. When your eyes fall onto it—the name—it feels like you’ve been shot in the chest. Your breathing picks up and you look back into Jungkook’s eyes.

You shake your head, “No, no, no,” you mumble, “This is a joke right? This has to be a fucking joke,” the tears are now falling in rhythmic streams down your face.

“I’m so sorry,” Jungkook says, tears now welling his eyes eyes, “Y/N I love you so much—“

“How long have you known?” you step away from him, feeling light headed and queazy. He doesn’t answer until you press again. “How long have you fucking known Jungkook?!”

“Over a month,” his voice drops and you don’t ever think you’ve felt the sharp pains shooting in your chest until now.

“Y/N,” Jimin speaks this time, “I think you should come with us.”

“You’ve been lying to me all this time?” you ignore Jimin, your voice cracking on the edges.

“Y/N, no baby please,” he steps towards you, his hands finding your face, “I-I didn’t know what to d-do. I l-love you and you only you, nothing will ever change that,” Jungkook pleads. You shake your head, pushing him away from you.

“It changes everything Jungkook!” you yell at him, furiously wiping the tears from your face, “You’ve known about your soulmate for a goddamn month and you thought you could hide that from me?! Are you kidding me Jungkook?!”

Jungkook pulls at the roots of his hair, glancing over to Taehyung and Jimin, “I’m sorry Y/N,” he repeats, “W-we can do something about this, there has to be—“

“No,” you spit, “No, it doesn’t fucking matter anymore Jungkook,” you pause, glancing down at your hands, “There’s no way around this and you lied to me.”

“Y/N, please,” Jungkook’s heart breaks all over again as he watches you gather your things, shoving your feet into your shoes.

“Take this,” you rip the ring that suddenly didn’t mean anything to you anymore off your finger, shoving it into Jungkook’s palm. He stares at the jewelry, his eyes watery and blurry.

“Come on,” Taehyung says holding out his arm for you. With one last glance at Jungkook, you turn on your feet and walk out of his apartment. Jimin shuts the door behind of you two and you don’t even make it to their car when you break down into a full sob, Taehyung wrapping his arms around you protectively. You didn’t just walk out of Jungkook’s apartment—you’ve walked out of his life too.

SPRING

Spring was always your favorite season. The blossoming of trees and flowers always seemed to cheer up your mood. More sunlight meant more happiness and less seasonal depression. The warming weather was always a nice touch after cruel and harsh winters. This year though, you thought no one could hate Spring as much as you did.

Everyday was new challenge for you. When you and Jungkook first broke up—your feelings were indescribable. The mental and physical chest pains you experienced from your heartbreak were sure the worst you could ever have. You were a broken soul—a soul not meant for someone who you loved more than life itself sometimes.

It was hard doing simple things—getting out of bed, doing your laundry, going to class, eating meals—it was all such a burden to you. You cried and cried and cried until you had no more tears left. Sleep was even worse as it meant your unconscious state always drifted into thoughts of Jungkook. There was the time frame where Jungkook called you, left messages and voicemails, tried to contact you through Taehyung and others—but it was all the more painful. However, you couldn’t bring yourself to rid any trace of him from your phone, afraid that you might forget what he looked or sounded like.

No one had ever seen you in such a broken state. You thought you’re mind couldn’t drift into worse territory until one night, you thought about Jungkook and his soulmate—whoever she was. You thought about him loving her, making love to her, taking pictures of her, marrying her, having kids with her, looking at her the way he looked at you—it completely shattered you even more. You don’t remember how much you drank that night. One shot of vodka? Two? Seven? Glasses of wine? It didn’t matter you just needed to forget.

It was when Taehyung found you that night passed out over your toilet, is when he recommended seeing someone. At first, your idea of going to a therapist over a failed relationship seemed silly. But Taehyung made sure that you and Jungkook were more than a college fling—it was real and it was going to take a lot of time to get over.

Your therapist was a nice woman, upper forties maybe, slim face and blonde hair. Your first couple sessions with her didn’t go as smooth as you wished for. She asked you hard questions that you weren’t willing to answer. The third session you went to, you broke down in front of a stranger becoming the most vulnerable you’d ever been.

She knew you loved Jungkook and he loved you just as deeply too. She explained soul-bonding more in depth to you that day. The universe has a reason why it pairs two souls together and why some people are left bare. It’s a phenomenon that’s barely studied but she suspects it’s more common than people want to believe. There’s also a process called soul-breaking, that is rare too but the consequences can bare far greater risks so majority of the people stay away from it.

Overall, you grew up your whole life thinking something was wrong with you. You thought you were a glitch because you didn’t receive a name on your body at 18. But if anything, meeting with your therapist made you realize that nothing was wrong with you. You live a healthy life, have a family, have friends, and you fell in love with someone—and all that is okay.

“I do believe if two people are meant to be together, they will be, someway or somehow,” she said to you one day.

Nearly two months after your break up and one month left until graduation—it was still hard. You had been prescribed antidepressants for a few weeks now and while it did numb your pain for the most part, there were times when thinking about Jungkook just made you want to curl into a ball and forget about your tasks for that day. You told yourself you needed to stop doing that though—you had to be strong otherwise you couldn’t move forward.

“Here you go,” Taehyung plops down a cup of steaming coffee and a bagel in front of you. Your stomach growls at the site.

“Thank you,” you give him a smile, “I’m starved.”

“I bet, you’ve been writing that paper for fucking hours,” he says digging into his own bagel with salmon and cream cheese. You should mention you hated salmon too now.

Taehyung was the greatest friend anyone could have, that you were sure of. Everyday, he called or texted to check in on you. He brought you food to make sure you were eating. Him and Jimin would invite you to the movies or restaurants with them. You refrained from going out to bars with them, too afraid you might run into the wrong people. Nonetheless, without Taehyung by your side, you were sure these past two months would have been much more difficult.

“I got my cap and gown in the mail,” he sings songs scrolling through his phone.

“Jesus Christ Tae, can you believe we’re graduating college?”

He laughs, “I said the same thing when we graduated high school,” he glances at you, “Look at us now bitches!” he holds his arms out dramatically.

You laugh at him, chewing on your food slowly. If there was one positive about being alone the past two months, it meant your illness had gone away completely. Your therapist explained how illnesses of different forms can plague people who play a role in betraying a soul-bonded person. Though you already knew that from your project last semester.

“Did you ever hear back from that company?” Taehyung asks you as you mule over in small conversation.

“Uh yeah,” you smile shyly, playing with the ends of your hair.

“Welllll?”

“I got an offer, if I want it,” your smile widens even more. Taehyung’s mouth drops open before it melts into his signature boxy smile.

“Wait, really? Holy shit, Y/N that’s amazing!”

“Thanks,” you look away from him, heating rushing to your cheeks. It was an exciting opportunity and you felt this was the path for you.

“But wait hold on,” he pauses, “Does this mean… you’re moving? To New York City?”

There’s the bombshell you haven’t dropped on many people yet. New York City. It was always a dream of yours to possibly live there one day. And now with nothing holding you back here, when you applied for the company and they asked a preferred location—you said fuck it.

“Yeah, later in the summer,” your voice is low. Taehyung’s shoulders drop, his happy mood diminishing ever so slightly.

“New York…” he ticks, “Well I’ve always wanted to go there so I’ll have to visit once or five times a year.”

You nod giving him a short wink, focusing on the rest of you coffee and food. Slowly but surely, you were getting better. You knew that your future days would be filled with five steps forward, two steps back but it was the natural process. Once you graduated and moved onto to bigger and better things—you’ll understand that this chapter, while thick and important, was only just a chapter. You have another one already waiting at the starting line to begin.

Jungkook was numb—literally numb as a needle digs in and out of skin, inking a flower onto his forearm. He had this one for awhile, but it still needed the little details to perfect the tattoo to his liking. His first tattoos, the scattered pieces on his hands were the most painful. However, now as he has a good amount of ink on his arm all the way to his shoulder, the pain isn’t there that much. He almost likes the stinging sensation as it gives him something to focus on rather than his intrusive thoughts.

The past few months haven’t been easy on him. Watching you walk away from him hit him harder than when Rose’s name showed up on his skin. And he just let you. Sure, he called and texted and persisted as much as he could but he knew he should have done more. He should have explained in more depth why he did what he did. Yes, it was because he loved you with every fiber of his being, but he genuinely didn’t care if he was meant for someone else. He wanted to be with you despite the situation present. There was surely something he could do to make it right but you were long gone from his life. He was stuck in a hole and he didn’t know how to get out.

Jungkook and Rose saw each other more frequently after his break up. She was so kind and so patient with him, he knew she deserved so much more. She never rushed anything with him, always waiting for his moves. The first time he kissed her, there was tingling deep in his chest. As great as kissing Rose was, she could never compare to you. It was hard and confusing for him to understand. He’s heard all his life—when soulmates cross paths and become intimate with each other, their whole world begins to revolve around them. That wasn’t the case though. As much as he was being pulled in by Rose, he was being pulled into a completely different direction. That wasn’t how bonded souls worked, he knew that much.

“You’re not very talkative today,” his tattooist comments as she wipes away the leftover ink on his arms. Jungkook always preferred a female to do his tattoos as they seem to have more control and a gentler grip.

“Just a lot on my mind,” he shrugs turning his head towards the tattoo needle.

“Women issues?” she raises an eyebrow at him.

“Is it that obvious?” he half laughs.

“My job requires a lot of listening and giving advice,” she says, “I know a damsel in distress when I see one.”

He doesn’t say anything as he watches the way she furrows her eyebrows, getting closer to his skin to add the finishing touches.

“Are you still with, Y/N? Was it?” she then asks. The mention of your name sends his face pale. How many months had it been since he last saw you or mentioned you? One, two, three? All of his days blended together so he’s lost track of time.

He shakes his head slowly, “No.”

She looks at him from the corner of her eyes, “Really? I thought you were gonna marry her?”

He bites down on his bottom lip to hold down his emotions before saying, “That was the plan until the universe decided to throw me bullshit.”

She’s never heard Jungkook sound angry. He’s always been very polite and an overall happy person. Jungkook felt he had a right to be angry and resentful. Unfortunately, that anger and resentment was sometimes projected onto those people around him. His roommates had to walk on eggshells around him now, afraid he might fully break if they said one wrong thing to him.

“When did this happen?” she knows exactly what he’s referring to.

“A few months back, around Christmas.”

“Have you met them yet? Your partner?” she pauses when she notices Jungkook’s jaw clenching as he’s staring at the ceiling now, “You don’t have to say anything if you’re uncomfortable. I just like to think I’m good at giving advice, is all.”

“Yeah, we’ve met,” he contemplates elaborating but does so anyways, “But it’s not this big grand affair that I was told about my whole life. She’s amazing and just my type, but… she’s not her. I like her a lot, but I don’t get the same fiery feeling I had with Y/N.”

“Hm,” she muses, putting down the tattoo gun, “You’re done,” she gives a small smile at him. He holds up his arm to inspect the new ink.

“Thanks, it looks great,” he gives her a small smile as she begins the aftercare process of petroleum jelly and a bandage.

“Can I see your mark?” she asks. He nods before shimmying his watch down his arm, revealing Rose’s name in thin cursive. The mark itself is still very much there, but recently it’s begun to fade and he wasn’t sure why.

“Sorry if I’m giving you too much information,” he laughs feeling slightly awkward as she inspects the name.

“It’s fine, I’m the one that asked,” she chuckles again before she sits back in her chair and begins to lift her own sleeve up. He’s confused as to what’s she doing but when she lays out her hand, he sees it. “This showed up when I was nineteen,” he reads the name that’s barely visible anymore—almost looking like a scar.

“Why’s it not dark anymore?” he asks.

“The same reason yours is fading too,” she looks back at his wrist.

“What do you mean fading?” so he wasn’t crazy—it was actually fading.

“It’s what happens when someone’s heart belongs to someone else,” she says, “I don’t know how to explain it but it occurs more than you think.”

She wraps up Jungkook’s forearm and he’s more confused than ever.

“The world is so fucked up,” he comments closing his eyes and pinching the bridge of his nose.

“Heard that,” she nods in agreement, “Come on, I’ll ring you up.”

That day into the tattoo shop was a good day for him. It felt nice to open up about his situation to someone who seemingly understood what he was going through. Yes, the world was fucked up but so was everyone living in it. He didn’t understand the full meaning of his mark fading but he knew in the long run, he would deal with whatever was thrown at him. He had to otherwise he was going to live a long, miserable life. Besides, he knows that you would want him to be happy even though you probably hated him for what he did. He wants the same for you because at the end of the day, if he knew you were happy—he would be too.

. The smile on your face as you threw your cap into the air was probably the biggest and most genuine smile you’ve put on for months. The cheers and clapping from everyone in the room drowned out any tears that formed in your eyes. Of course you were happy to be done with university, but it was very bittersweet. The last four years of your life have been the best and worst possible. Everything you’ve learned here, you were sure would live with you for the rest of your life.

You find your parents and younger sister after the ceremony. The hug with your dad is the best you’ve had in a long time. He squeezes you tight, picking you up slightly.

“Gah, we’re so proud of you Y/N,” your mom dabs the inner corners of her eyes as she watches the seen unfold.

“I can’t believe my baby is graduated,” your dad pulls away, ruffling your hair a bit.

“Hey! Stop I spent time on this,” you step away from him, smoothing down your roots.

“Does this mean we get to go to New York now?” your big sister, Mia asks your parents. She’s pulls you into a hug which you exhale deeply in return. You didn’t get to see your sister as much as you wished, but growing up she was your rock. She was the best role model you could have asked for.

“Of course,” you say, “Only if you bring me bags and bags of those honey butter chips.”

“Anything you want we can bring it, or ship it!” your mom nods enthusiastically.

“What about me?” you turn around at the voice of Taehyung, throwing your arms around him.

“Holy shit Taehyung we’ve done it!” you exclaim. Your parents give you a slide on your language in front of them, understanding the circumstance.

“Mia! What’s up!?,” Taehyung pokes your sister on the shoulder before giving her a quick hug. He holds up his diploma and smiles, “Four years and thousands upon thousands of dollars later, we’ve made it.”

“Do you still wanna go downtown? Grab some dinner?” you ask your parents and they nod excitedly.

“Definitely—you choose wherever,” your father smiles. “Taehyung, you and Jimin are welcome to come if you don’t have any plans.”

“Oh we will definitely be there,” he smiles, “Just text me where you guys are going. I gotta go find the devil and my parents through all this mess. See you later!”

Later ended up being at a nicer restaurant downtown that you had never been to—too broke as a college student to ever think about coming here for dinner. You mulled over conversation with glasses of wine and good food, Taehyung being the star of the dinner table. Jimin smiled lovingly at his partner, slightly jealous that you and Taehyung were now finished with school. He’s got another year left in his master’s program so he’ll be graduated this time next year.

When you’re finally done with dinner, you part with your parents and sister for the evening outside the restaurant when you run into an all familiar face.

“Y/N?”

You turn to the source, “Namjoon?” a smile spreads over your face and you quickly make your way to him and give him a squeeze.

“Congrats!” he smiles when you pull away, looking back over your shoulder.

“You too, I can’t believe we’re done,” you laugh taking in his attire. He’s dressed in a nice button down and dress pants, glasses resting on his face looking dapper as ever. “Oh this is my family,” you introduce the them.

“Nice to meet you,” he smiles, “This is Kaya,” he smiles and you didn’t even realize he had company with him. You introduce yourselves to each other and she’s got to be one of the most beautiful girls you’ve met. They look damn good together.

“Nice to meet you,” you return your own smile.

“Is dinner here good?” he asks all of you. Everyone agrees in response and he looks over to Kaya, “Well, it was good to meet you all. Let’s catch up one day? You’re gonna be around in the city right?”

“A city yes,” Mia interjects crossing her arms, slightly envious of you, “Not this one, but New York City.”

Namjoon raises his eyebrows at you, “Wow, big girl things huh?”

You laugh repeating his words, “Big girl things.”

Namjoon and Kaya leave into the bustling restaurant after some finals words and you’re finally parting ways with your family. You mom and dad give you another bone crushing hug before they have to go back home. Mia looks at you with a sadness in her eyes and you furrow your eyebrows at her.

“What’s wrong?” you ask her as she hides herself in her shell.

“I don’t want you to leave,” she pouts, slumping her shoulders.

“I still have a few more months home,” you give her a smile, “And I promise you can visit me and I’ll come back as much as I can.”

“Promise?” she holds up her pinky. You link your pinkies together before nodding your head.

You bid your farewell’s to your family one last time before you’re left alone with Jimin and Taehyung.

“Your sister is funny,” Jimin comments as you begin to walk in the opposite direction of them. Your heels were absolutely killing your feet and you were tempted to take them off but thinking about the dirt and grim on the street made you think otherwise.

“She’s sweet on the outside but damn she can be a handful,” you laugh.

“She’s almost twenty five babe, about to hit her first mid-life crisis what do you expect?” Taehyung says.

Minuscule conversation occurs between the three of you before they have to part ways too. Taehyung and Jimin were meeting up with Taehyung’s parents at a bar just outside the city to celebrate. The sun was now setting, the air warm and sticky as you hugged them off. You were walking back to the parking garage that you had your car when something catches your eye on the way. Downtown was filled with bars, restaurants, boutiques and what nots, but you’ve never seen this before. It was an art studio of sorts, pictures—digital and art canvases—hanging from the windows.

You stared at the plexiglass, a sense of familiarity crossing your mind the longer you stared at the blown up photographs. You take a peak at the hours listed on the door and see that they don’t close for another twenty minutes or so. Curiosity getting the best of you, you swing open the door, silence engulfing you as you step in.

Your heels clink against the hardwood, glancing around the space. It’s quite spacious, pictures lining the walls up and down all the way to the back. A few art pieces are strayed in the middle of the floor. You walk slowly around the gallery, admiring the painted canvases and shots of various things. You pick up there’s different artists and photographs displaying their works and when you get towards the back left corner of the place, you stop in your tracks.

A gallery of scenic pictures ranging from clouds, to the sea, to the cityscapes, and more hang beautifully in thin frames. Something twists inside you as you feel deep down that you’ve seen some of these before you just cannot put your finger on it. It’s when you see a picture to the farthest right when you feel yourself skipping a breath. Your mouth parts when you realize what it it—or who it is. It’s you. It’s black and white film developed, the side of your face looking off into the distance with trees behind you. Your mind flashes back to that day in the park—with Jungkook—a small picnic he set up when you first got together.

“Y/N?” you whip around at the sound of your name.

“J-Jungkook?” his name leaves your lips instantly. He’s emerged from a back room stopping dead in his tracks. You’re speechless. He looks so good—better than you remember. His hair a little longer with blonde tips, a white button up, sleeves rolled up with black slacks that he fills out perfectly.

“H-hey,” he speaks first. His eyes trailing up and down your body quickly. You subconsciously glance down at your frame, the white dress and heels you’re wearing hoping to match how he good looks. “What are you doing here?”

“I—“ you pause looking back at the pictures, “I was just passing by and was curious, I didn’t know this place existed.”

Slowly, he steps closer to you shoving his hands in his pockets. His ears are red and he can’t believe that you’re here, looking at his favorite picture he ever took of you.

“It just opened up recently,” he says getting closer to you, though leaving a considerable amount of space between you two. “I started selling some of my pieces through here,” he explains.

“That’s great Jungkook,” you give him a small smile to hide the hurt you’re actually feeling. It’s been months and suddenly all of your progress seems to have backtracked. He was so beautiful—the most perfect man you have ever met—and he’s standing here before you again. Jungkook can’t believe his eyes either—you’re here, feet away from him, something he thought he’d never see anymore.

“How are you doing?” he asks, unable to take his off you. You can feel him staring holes into you and you can’t bring yourself to look at him just yet.

“I’m good, you?” you continuously stare at his photos, feeling self conscious the more you stand in his presence.

“I’m okay,” better now that you’re here, is what he wants to say, but he refrains. “You look good,” he says and you look over and up at him, meeting his eye contact.

“You too,” you nod, your eyes trailing down to his wrist, not even realizing what you’re doing. His watch still there, hasn’t moved since the last time you saw him. You feel a tingle in your fingertips and chest, unable to hide your awkwardness.

“Y/N,” he stops himself so you’ll look at him again. Fuck, he loves it when you look at him like that. “Would you want to get some coffee one day? Or something like that?” his words are brave and you can’t believe he said them.

As much as you know you shouldn’t—that you might be setting yourself up for further hurt—something between the two makes you say otherwise. Besides, you’ve been hurt enough, what’s a little more going to do?

You slowly with a small smile, “What about right now? A-are you free?”

He glances at his photos with a small smile in return before glancing back to you, his shoulders slumping as if a weight has been lifted from his shoulders.

“Yeah… yeah I’m free.”

#goldenclosetnet #btsgoldnet #heartsforbts #jungkook #jungkook drabble #jungkook scenario #jungkook x you #jungkook x oc #jungkook x reader #jungkook angst #jungkook smut #jungkook fluff #bts smut #bts fluff #bts angst #jungkook oneshot #soulmate au #college au #jeon jungkook

5K notes · View notes

sweetaesuga · 4 years ago

Text

in your heart | heartbroken

pairing: jungkook x female reader

genre: angst, fluff, fratboy!jk, ex-fuckboy jk, bookworm reader, friends to lovers au

warnings: language, pinning, these mfs r in love but scared😔

word count: 1.8k

synopsis: jungkook tells you how he feels.

timeline: takes place before the events of in your eyes

a/n: BE IS COMINGGG!!! sorry for not updating lately <3

Jungkook was struck the second he saw you emerging from out of your apartment building. All swathed in a black dress with purple turtleneck underneath, Jungkook thought you were truly an angel that fell from heaven.

He can't stop himself from freaking out. He hasn't seen you over ever since his Taekwondo match you attended but that doesn't mean you never left his mind. In fact, you consumed his thoughts the entire week that he hasn't seen you. During that week, he managed to break it off with the girl he was seeing.

Of course, he had to deal with her crying and begging him to take her back. He reminded her that they were nothing to begin with. At first, Jungkook felt awkward for saying that but it was what they agreed on. She made it clear she did not want a relationship with him.

He just hoped everything with you would be fine.

You smiled and waved at him, sending Jungkook to become frenzy. He had a trouble time maintaining his eyes from going further down to your legs that were glowing and calling out his name.

He barely caught you when you flung yourself at him all of the sudden. His hands cupped your bottom to hold your weight up. Jungkook's cheeks grew red from what he has just done. He was quick to settle your feet back on the ground, looking anywhere but your eyes to avoid the embarrassment. "Shit, I'm really sorry about where my hands were. I swear I didn't mean to touch you there."

You laughed at him, ruffling his permed hair. "It's fine, I don't care. You're my friend which means you could touch it," you winked at him but he was too caught up over you calling him a friend. His heart stung at the mention. God, he just wanted to be more than friends.

He rushed immediately when you walked over to the car, opening your door. You shot him a look of confusion but he dismissed it. "Okay, you're acting weird," you laughed and watched him walk around to get to his side of the car. His hair bouncing as he walked happily. "What's the special treatment for?"

"Nothing," he shrugged with a grin on his face as he pulled out of the parking lot. "Can't be nice to you once in awhile?" Jungkook glanced over to you, almost swerving off the road when he was amazed with how pretty you looked once again. He had this instinct to pull over and kiss you right there and then.

"I mean, you treat me like shit most of the time together," you smiled at him jokingly. He shook his head, bouncing back and forth between you and the road. He merely wanted to admire you as much as he can.

"Not even. Say that to my fucking face next time when I pay for your food," Jungkook beamed when you sent him your middle finger. "That's what I thought," he muttered under his breath when you don't say anything else. In his peripheral vision, he caught you smiling like an idiot.

It was times like this where he was worried that him confessing could truly put a strain on your relationship. He didn't even know if you had any romantic feelings towards him. Jungkook was very sure certain about one thing though, he wanted to spend the rest of his life with you.

Jungkook led you out of the car, right by your side the second you step foot out. A part of him wished you could've held hands making your way inside the restaurant but it wasn't something you two usually did. Also his hands were shaking and sweating, you would've been disgusted.

"This is really beautiful," he agreed with you somewhat, although he would say you were more captivating than the view of the ocean. "If you would have told me we were going here, I would've put a little more effort on my outfit. I didn't even go over the top with my makeup," you brought your face closer to his so he can inspect it, blinking so that he could notice how you went for a more natural look this time.

He smiled, pushing your nose back to put some distance between you two so he could get a grip of himself. "I know you didn't. You look cute no matter what you do to your appearance," he hid under his menu to cover his reddening cheeks. Unknown to him, you also did the same thing with warm cheeks too

The whole dinner was sweet. Mainly consisting of the two of you shoving your food down your throats quickly and joking loudly, annoying the other customers. There was a different look in his eyes that night. You don't know it but either way you don't dwell on it. He listened closely to your story about accidentally getting the second book to a series instead of the first. He assured you, he'll hunt down the book and buy it for you.

When Jungkook finished the last of his dinner, he quickly nudged you to the beach for a walk. You both leave a trail of footprints behind, a large and a much smaller footprint. His hands are sweaty. Your shoes that he offered to hold were slipping out of his grasp every second.

He wasn't listening to your story about the plushie squirrel you thought was adorable and added to your collection. He kept mumbling short answers to give you the idea that he was. That's when you finally caught on. "Alright, what's wrong?" you watched him freeze, although he was somewhat shaking in fear. "You've been acting weird lately."

"I haven't?" he shook his head before continuing to walk, leaving you behind. His steps are quick which forced you to run to catch up with him. "I'm just distracted that's all," his words are rushed as he comes up with an excuse. He wished that you would just drop it. He was backing out, he can't do it. He would not be able to handle your rejection. Perhaps you were truly better off as friends.

"Distracted about what?"

You.

There's nothing else in his mind besides you. He was just never going to reveal that. He ignored you when you asked again. Abruptly, Taehyung's words from another night where they both decided to have a drink, come back to him. He would regret this if he doesn't do it now. He had to take chances in life.

Jungkook sighed, turning towards you. The sun illuminated down on you as if you were some goddess, which in his eyes you were. His hands stuck into his pockets to hide the way they were twitching. You sensed that something was wrong when he gazed down. "I have to tell you something."

"Okay, go ahead," he blinked before stepping closer. His breathing was uneven, almost if he was afraid to tell you whatever he was going to tell you. "Take a deep breath, take your time." you reached forward to latch onto his hand.

His heart slowed down from your linked hands. Your thumb rubbed over his knuckles, soothing the smooth skin. Jungkook stared at you for one last time before he leaned in. You don't react at first, too shocked from your friend kissing you. He was on the verge of pulling away and leaving in embarrassment when you continued to stay still.

The second he felt you kissing back, he was overjoyed. His hands wrapped around your hair as you pulled him closer. To onlookers, it might've looked like a young couple making out and honestly, Jungkook wished exactly for that.

You nudged his chest back after what seemed forever to Jungkook but really was just seconds. Jungkook already had a big smile plastered on his face. With no more fears holding him back, he let it out. "I like you—more than a friend," his smile faltered slightly when he saw the confusion on your face.

"What?" you breathed out. Stepping away from him, you felt as if you were the one that couldn't breathe now. He tried to hold your hands but you backed away further. His eyes stung as he tried not cry. "I don't think you know what you're saying."

Jungkook shook his head. "I do know what I'm saying," he bit his lip to stop himself from quivering. "I'm really sorry. I just—I needed you to know that," his voice cracked. His entire frame was trembling. You don't comfort him in any way, merely showing discomfort towards his confession. "I'm an idiot," he sniffed and laughed at himself despite the teary doe eyes he gave you. "I thought we could've been more than friends—I don't know, I'm really sorry for thinking that," he stuttered over his words, playing with his fingers that were shaking furiously.

You wanted to tell him that you thought about that too. The thought of being more than friends. Then your dumb brain brought his past relationships and hookups to your attention. The self-doubt arose once again. Never being good enough for him, that was your biggest fear. A part of you wanted to ask about the girl he was with but either way you would've been hurt.

You coughed, watching your friend quiver. "I think I'm going to find my own way back home," he looked up to meet your eyes. The tears spilled down his cheeks more at the sight of you. Your heart hurts so does his. "I'll see you in class." you grabbed your shoes from him and walked away, leaving a heartbroken Jungkook behind. He doesn't miss how your shoulders shook or how you halted in your steps almost as if you wanted to turn back to him.

He didn't tell Taehyung what was wrong. He did not want to tell the story how he was rejected and he practically had a breakdown in front of you over it. Taehyung listened to his story, not making fun of him as he usually would if a girl would reject him.

He doesn't leave out any details. He cried to his best friend that he officially lost you. All because of his stupid confession. Taehyung disagreed however, you had some sort of feelings towards him.

"No, she doesn't. That was so embarrassing for me and probably her, she's not gonna want to do anything with me," Taehyung watched as he took a large gulp from the beer bottle. Jungkook's eyes are red and swollen from bawling them out ever since he got home. Taehyung found him on the couch, wrapped around a blanket you gifted him for Christmas.

"She does feel something towards you. Trust me, you would've been slapped in the face or something," he shuddered at the memory of the girl that had smacked him across the face. "Her reactions give off something, can't put my finger on it. It's like she's hesitate to go out with you." Taehyung snapped his fingers in front of his face. "Just don't give up on her."

And that's exactly what he does.

#bts angst #bts fluff #jungkook angst #jungkook imagine #jungkook x reader #jungkook x you #jungkook drabble #jungkook fluff #jungkook scenario #jungkook x y/n #bts drabble #bts x reader #bts x you #bts imagines #bts scenarios #bts fiction #jungkook fiction

372 notes · View notes

luxekook · 5 years ago

Text

chapter one.

⇥ pairing: jungkook x reader; eventual bts/ot7 x reader

⇥ genre: college au with fluff, smut & angst

⇥ summary: a series in which the reader meets (and falls for) seven members of the Beta Tau Sigma (BTS) fraternity

⇥ word count: 2.3k

⇥ warnings: 18+, cursing, dirty talk, kissing, hickies, drinking, tatted jungkook, nipple piercings

Chapter One

Fall of Junior Year – 8:57am

I curse every single decision that has brought me to this very moment as I power-walk across campus, sweating under the already blistering sun. Campus in August could easily be compared to a swamp given the amount of unearthly humidity, and I'm pretty sure I currently qualified as the local swamp thing.

The only positive feature in my morning has been the table of free coffee and doughnuts staffed by Student Government. The first day of the fall semester always seems to be accompanied by frantically wide-eyed freshmen and celebratory freebies. However, air conditioning is the only thing I would be celebrating today as I finally reach Tyson Hall – the destination of my 9:00am class.

As I rush to my classroom with one minute to spare, I slump into a seat in the far corner – my preferred location for people-watching out of the large windows and for getting away with doing homework for other classes.

Familiar faces surround me, an unsurprising observation given that this is our mandatory research seminar as psychology majors. I notice my friend Jenni sitting in the opposite corner, eyes glued to her phone screen.

Opening my laptop, I shoot her a text to come sit with me. Her head whips up, black braids moving every which way as she immediately piles up her things and hustles over, “(y/n), I forgot you were in this seminar! I just switched over from quantitative research because I couldn’t take any more statistics – or Dr. Harding.”

Dr. Harding is the dean of the psychology department and has been teaching here for ages. Feared by most psychology students for his tough grading and intimidating persona, he’s actually a huge softie – something I discovered by going to his office hours and seeing all 85 pictures of his grandchildren hanging throughout the room.

“He’s not that bad, Jen.”

She scoffs, “You would say that because you got an A in statistics like some sort of wizard. Besides, Dr. Newman is so much nicer.”

Jenni has an excellent point. Dr. Newman is the main reason I chose this seminar. As one of the most respected researchers at our university, she’s known for her qualitative studies on gender across cultures. I consider Dr. Newman to be a real badass woman and I lowkey stan her.

I turn to reply, but Dr. Newman begins taking attendance and class begins.

Fifty minutes later, Jenni practically drags me out of the classroom, “I cannot believe she kept us the whole 50 minutes. Is she aware that it’s syllabus week? It’s practically law to just read over the syllabus and then dismiss class. This is outrageous– (y/n), are you even listening?”

“Hmm?” I totally had tuned her out, focusing on the number of students flooding the quad. I had missed this – the rush of students heading to class, the yells of people greeting each other from entirely too far away, the buzz of excitement over potential parties…

“Unbelievable. How did I forget you have this whole weird-ass feminist crush on her?” Jenni forges forth, “It doesn’t matter. What are you doing tonight? You’re going out with us, right? Luna and I want to go to Hannigan’s.”

Since the three of us had all turned 21 over the summer, we finally could legally go to the bars in town. Hannigan’s currently holds the top spot on the list of bars that most of the upperclassman frequent. It’s a popular Irish pub downtown known for its cheap beer and mixed drinks.

It’s also BTS’s unofficial hangout – a fact that makes me slightly uneasy. After learning who the higher-ups are in BTS, I have taken to avoiding them like the plague. It was a relatively easy thing to do since the spring semester tended to be less focused on rushing and recruiting for fraternities and sororities.

But now it’s rush season, and I’m pretty much fucked. There will be no avoiding seeing BTS’s president Kim Namjoon out recruiting with his vice president Min Yoongi and his social chair Jung Hoseok. There will also be no avoiding pledge master Taehyung leading around new BTS pledges like a mother duckling. And don’t even get me started on how Kim Seokjin, Park Jimin and Jeon Jungkook will be popping up everywhere to advertise the latest BTS bash.

Sighing, I figure that the chances of actually bumping into them at the bar will be slim, given that it will most likely be super crowded and I can easily blend in.

I turn to Jenni as we keep walking towards our next classes, “Yeah, I’ll go to Hannigan’s. Are you going to come over to get ready at our place?”

Luna and I had moved into a cute little off-campus apartment over the summer. As it turned out, it’s cheaper to live off-campus than on-campus if you look hard enough. We also had it pretty good location-wise being just a few short blocks from both campus and downtown.

“Yes!” Jenni replies, slowing to a stop out front of the science building, “I’ll be over around 8 with tequila. I’ll text you later. I’ve got to go to neuro-psych lab now,” she rolls her eyes, “Hopefully we won’t be kept the whole time.”

Waving, we part ways, and I shake my head.

Tequila never leads to anything good.

Hannigan’s – 10:54pm

Fate seems to be on my side for once in my life. As soon as Luna, Jenni and I walk into Hannigan’s, my eyes are drawn to the back table where the BTS usually sits. It’s empty.

It’s practically an unspoken rule that no one else can sit there, and even though the bar is packed with all other tables accounted for, that one remains vacant – and for good reason.

Greek life essentially has a cult following around here. The Greeks provide status for those who are into that whole exclusivity thing. They also provide the best parties because of the size of their houses and because the university will never complain about one of their best sources of revenue.

I didn’t to rush a sorority way back in freshman year because I couldn’t feasibly afford it. The dues were way out of my price range, considering I was already paying for my education on my own. Luna, on the other hand, is in Epsilon Xi Delta (EXID) and consistently makes me and Jenni tag along to different Greek parties with her.

"Come on, bitches! Let's get some drinks," Jenni drags me and Luna through the packed room towards the bar that is already encircled by a crowd of thirsty students.

Tonight’s plan is simple – stick together, have fun, scope out cute seniors. Having already taken some shots before we left (saving that coin), we’re definitely feeling ourselves, flaunting our outfits like we didn’t spend a good hour picking them out earlier.

I had settled on a black t-shirt dress with a checkered flannel tied around the waist and some black Doc Martens. Luna and Jenni had tried to convince me to wear heels with them, but I knew syllabus week was a marathon – not a sprint. My feet would thank me later, and theirs would be crying.

As the bartender slides us our beers, the opening beats of Cocky AF by our badass queen Megan Thee Stallion blast through the speakers dispersed throughout the bar. Turning immediately to each other, we clink our beers together, take a sip, and head to the makeshift dance floor.

We squeeze and push our way through the masses until we reach a spot towards the back where the crowd has thinned out a little more. Within seconds, we’re in motion, hips swaying in time to Megan saying ‘bitch, I look good and you know that’.

Shaking out my hair, I get in the zone and lose count of how many songs we dance to. Eventually, our beers empty and Luna turns to me, “Another?" She accompanies her shouted question with an unnecessary charade of shot-gunning a beer in case I couldn’t hear her. I roll my eyes, laughing while I nod in response.

“Save our spot!” Jenni yells and disappears into the crowd of dancers with Luna towards the bar.

I continue dancing on my own. Swaying my hips, I decide to put my hair up to try to cool off a little in the sweltering bar. The music shifts into a new song, this one slower, more seductive, a favorite of mine – Lost in the Fire featuring The Weeknd.

As Abel’s angelic voice flows over me, a pair of hands slide over my hips from behind me. I start to pull away, but then I notice – the hands are tattooed. And for some reason, that hot little fact makes me relax into the large body behind me.

Those tattooed hands tug me back even more, bringing me flush against him as he falls into time with my movements. God, this guy can dance – a rarity these days.

His body is all hard muscle and heated skin. His mouth is hot against my neck, alternating between kissing, sucking, and biting. My skin buzzes. Fuck, I haven’t felt this way since–

Turning my head slightly, I can make out the vague outline him and it confirms my sinking suspicion... He’s a BTS boy.

"Hey, noona," he murmurs in my ear, his lips brushing over it as he speaks.

Fuck my life, I think as I shiver involuntarily in response. Spinning to face one of Satan’s henchmen, I toss my ponytail over my shoulder and jut a hip out in both defiance and defense. But really nothing could have prepared me for the sight of Jeon fucking Jungkook, the golden boy of BTS.

He somehow looks like he’s gotten even bigger since the last I saw him playing pong against Taehyung at that party – information that I cannot even comprehend. His left arm is completely tattooed, along with a few smaller ones dotting his hands. I glare at them, blaming those hands for throwing me off.

“Like them?” Jungkook waves his fingers in front of my narrowed eyes, “I got them this summer.” Smirking lazily, Jungkook makes his own perusal of me – taking extra time along the way.

His jaw flexes as his eyes turn molten, “You’re killing me, noona. Tae didn’t mention…” He trails off, swallowing hard.

I follow his gaze. Oh fuck. I had forgotten I decided to forego a regular bra tonight because I wanted to show off my piercings. Just having a thin bralette under my dress, my pierced nipples are definitely noticeable under Jungkook’s heavy stare.

Refusing to give into him, I square my shoulders, “Yeah, I got them this summer, too. But, I don’t see how that’s either your or Taehyung’s business.”

At my words, Jungkook rips his eyes away from my tits to finally meet my own eyes again, “Oh, but it really is our business. Tae said we’d like you and I agree.”

His voice is low and rough, and I swear I can feel it washing over my body, making all of my synapses fire in response.

“We?” I choked out. In full panic mode, I spin and try to leave, but I barely make it a foot away before getting stopped by a now-familiar tattooed hand wrapped around my wrist.

Luckily, a crashing sound echoes from the back table where the other BTS boys must be, and Jungkook lets out a string of curses, “Fucking hell, listen I have to go make sure no one’s hurt, or Joon will kill me. Stay here, okay? I’m not done with you, (y/n).”

His hand rushes up to the nape of my neck, pulling me into him. Our lips fuse together in a brutally hot kiss, his tongue slipping against my bottom lip for a fraction of a second.

And then he’s gone – disappearing rapidly through the fray to manage whatever trouble his frat has gotten into.

I stand there, shaking fingers on my lips wondering what the actual fuck just happened.

“Hey, sorry we took so long! This bitch cut in front of us and I swear she ordered for the entire fucking population of North America—”

Luna smacks Jenni’s arm, cutting her off, “You okay, (y/n)?” Luna peers closer at me, “Holy shit, is that a hickey? We were only gone for 10 minutes!”

My hand flies to my neck as both Jenni and Luna grab me, dragging me to the slightly quieter back alley of the bar. As they conduct the second Spanish Inquisition, I spill the details on what happened.

After a moment of silence following my explanation, they both start talking at once:

→ Jenni: “Hell yes, girl, go off! Jeon Jungkook is fine as fuck…” → Luna: “(y/f/n) (y/m/n) (y/l/n), have you lost your damn mind…”

→ Jenni: “…I’d hit that in a heartbeat. I’m so proud!” → Luna: “…Do you not remember last semester? Are you high? Oh my GOD, did he drug you?!”

“Stop!” I slap a hand over each of their mouths, “Jesus, Mary and Joseph, you guys are impossible. I am not ‘hitting’ anything, and, no, he did not fucking drug me.”

Sighing, I continue, “It was a lapse in judgement, okay? I remember last semester more than anyone, but he’s just so powerful and I don’t seem to have any common sense around BTS.”

I take my hands away from their mouths and immediately Jenni asks, “Wait, what happened last semester?”

Luna slings an arm around my shoulder, “Come on, let’s go get pizza and a six-pack from Ralph’s. We can go out another night this week.”

“Take-out from Ralph’s?” Jenni’s eyes widen comically, “This must be major tea. Let’s go.”

Instinctively, we clink our beers together for the second time that night and chug the remainder of our bottles in true broke bitch fashion (never leave paid-for beer behind).

With that, we trek back through the door and out of the bar. We finish our night filling in Jenni with our less than savory experience with the infamous BTS fraternity last semester.

But, as I lay in bed for the night, I can’t help but wonder if Jungkook had looked for me that night after I left… Or if he told Taehyung...

taglist (message me to be added):

@catsandstrawberries @h5naaa

1K notes · View notes

jeonjeonggukenergy · 5 years ago

Text

Anti-Hero

summary ~ in search of wine at a party that’s so not your scene, you run into jungkook, the weeb from your film class, and become determined to learn just how much he lives up to his big reputation.

pairing ~ jungkook x reader

genre ~ fluff, smut - college!au

wordcount ~ 8.5k

warnings ~ 18+ only! smut, explicit discussion of kinks/sexual preferences (yay healthy communication), dom/sub undertones during both discussion and sex (dom Jungkook, sub reader), mentions of daddy kink and degradation but both are a no, marking, biting, hair pulling, spanking, they both have a srs pain kink lmao, brief oral (f receiving), penetrative sex, creampie

a/n ~ SO excited to finally have this chapter out for yall! it’s a huge one and i’ve been working on it for quite a while, this includes the first full smut scene for this fic and i would love to know how yall like it or any other feedback. i really enjoyed writing the character development in this chapter too! they’re so cute and whipped for each other already hhhhhh. thank you so much for loving this story so far, i’m really looking forward to writing the rest. hope you enjoy! ❣️

previous: chapter 1 | chapter 2 ~ next: chapter 4 (coming soon!)

~ read on ao3 ~

CHAPTER 3 ~ particular, perfect

You concluded your walk home by ditching your shoes at the door, swinging your bag off your shoulders to the floor, and plopping down onto the couch immediately. Pulling all three nearby blankets over yourself, you realized you still weren't quite comfortable. You looked around for a second, puzzled, until an absentminded clutch of your boobs reminded you why. Triumphantly, you reached into a sleeve to untangle your bra and chucked it across the room with a deep stretch of relief. Okay, time to overthink again.

Jungkook? What the fuck?

Wait. A bag of chips on the kitchen counter caught your eye before you could descend any further into panic. The perfect emotional crutch. You clutched it to your chest like a safeguard against your own internal monologue, anxiously shoving handful after handful into your mouth. After about thirty minutes spent motionless on the couch with one hand shoved in the chip bag and the other distractedly scrolling through Twitter, your eyes suddenly widened and your hand froze, dropping your next bite of chips back into the bag. Fuck. You had just eaten nearly an entire family-size bag of chips before what could end up being your first fuck in over a year. Well, maybe this was part of why you hadn't gotten fucked in over a year. No, don't go there. You shoved down your own insecurity, knowing you'd just been too busy for a relationship and honestly, probably still were. But that wasn't going to stop you today.

You shook the chip dust off of your hands and got up to head to the shower, turning up your trashiest throwback playlist of getting-ready bops and resolving to at least shave your legs. Going in with no expectations was probably the best strategy here, but it never hurt to be prepared.

Having cleaned his apartment in record time, Jungkook was now at the gym. After triple-checking that his roommate Jin would be in rehearsal until 10pm at the earliest, he quickly scanned all the common spaces and his bedroom and realized he didn't actually have that much work to do besides politely closing the door to Jin's still-decent-but-somewhat-messier room. To be honest, Jungkook had mainly bought himself the time after class so he could shave just in case. But then he figured if he had to shower, he might as well hit the gym first. So here he was, burning off an unprecedented amount of nervous energy. Settling comfortably into the leg curl machine, he turned his music up and started on a low weight to put in reps until his thighs burned and his head felt pleasantly empty.

After completing his normal leg day rotation and dutifully stretching, Jungkook prepared to head home. He walked out of the gym feeling more energized and centered, barely even flinching when he switched his AirPods off to say bye to the nice girl at the front desk and the action accidentally blasted "Whistle" by Flo Rida from his phone speaker for the whole lobby to hear. As he walked back into his apartment, the kitchen clock let him know it was only 4:30. He had plenty of time. Jungkook hopped straight into the shower, shampooing his hair, shaving everywhere he normally did, and savoring several extra moments to relax his muscles under the hot stream of water. Finally, he toweled off to wrap up in the black t-shirt and cozy matching sweatpants he'd carefully stacked on the counter. Offhandedly singing to himself in the steamy mirror, he checked the time on his phone, deciding he might as well go ahead and text you before he got nervous again and did something stupid. Like chickening out completely.

hey its jk! im ready when u are :) my apt is 344 glencoe rd #1521 (yes its on the 15th floor sry D: )

His charming old-school smileys lit up your phone while you still had a leg perched on the bathtub's edge.

"Fuck!" you reacted. The hiss resounded, thanks to the too-good acoustics of your cramped bathroom. Your razor clattering to the floor, you paused your max-volume 2000s music to check the message, and then the time. Only 5! That wasn't dinnertime yet. Plugging his address into Google Maps, though, you realized it was a 15- to 20-minute drive from yours on the opposite end of campus. Even if you got ready at light-speed, you would get there closer to 5:30. Which was a bit more reasonable. He was being reasonable! You should be ready by now!

You leaned over to pick up your razor and cursed again as the water stream grazed the blouse you'd left on out of laziness. You'd showered this morning, so there was no need to repeat that with your shave, but now you'd have to change outfits completely. Feeling like an idiot, naked from the waist down but now all the way wet, you peeled the shirt over your head slowly to preserve your good hair day and glanced down at the dilemma you'd been facing. The patch of hair between your legs stared back at you like the final boss of stupid societal beauty standards. You'd only shaved down there once, as an anniversary present for your first boyfriend the summer before college, and it had been a fun, smooth novelty for about two hours and then itchy, red, gross-looking, and miserable for about three weeks. Also, it had kind of made you feel like a little girl, which creeped you out when you thought about why guys would prefer it. You'd been debating whether to try it again for the past fifteen minutes, because if there was ever a right time, this was probably it. But now you didn't have time, if you were going to be respectful and not keep Jungkook waiting. Well, this was the real you. He could take it or leave it.

Slathering a quick coat of lotion over your freshly shaved legs, you prepared to get dressed in a soft pastel sweatshirt and a flattering pair of workout shorts. Wait, should you wear lingerie? Was that too try-hard? You didn't really even need to wear underwear with these lined shorts, which could be a cool-girl move, you supposed. You settled on a cute white sports bra to go with the shorts, not wanting to deal with a real bra and hoping it still appealed to Jungkook's casual, athletic style. You checked yourself in the mirror briefly before grabbing your bag, confirming you looked chill enough but still felt like your best color-coordinated self. Heading out, you shoved a tin of chrysanthemum green tea in your water bottle pocket. Why not?

You whizzed over to Jungkook's apartment, yelling along to "Sex With Me" by Rihanna from your throwback playlist to hype you up in the car. When you knocked on his door after a nerve-wrackingly long elevator ride, Jungkook welcomed you with a "C'mon in!" amidst a mouthful of shrimp chips.

"It's not really dinnertime yet," (yeah, no kidding, you thought) "I went ahead and worked out but it's still kind of early, so I figured we could just have a snack and do the homework first."

"Sounds good," you affirmed. "I'm not really that hungry," (read: there's no way I can eat chips AGAIN right now, I'm going to bloat so badly) "but I brought tea so I can go ahead and make that if you want some too!"

"Oh cool, thanks!" Jungkook accepted. "Are you sure you're not hungry though?"

You almost gave into his sweet pout, but managed to convince him, and soon you both sat at the table with laptops open and twin cups of tea. You had a blast working together for the first time, acting out your "conversation" for the discussion board and pretending to respond spontaneously to each other's points like you hadn't already excitedly rambled back and forth through them in real life. You hit "send" five minutes apart, your idea to not seem too suspicious, and kept raving over Rear Window in between. As the sun lowered outside his living room window, you moved on to making the ramen.

After three offers to help Jungkook, all of which he denied, you simply made another steep of the tea, leaving a mug on the counter for him. Standing at the bar counter sipping yours, you enjoyed all the tiny, cute noises he made while chopping green onions and sprinkling extra garlic in the seasoning, like an anime character who came with his own sound effects. You could tell he made these recipe additions every time, because bulk quantities of the same simple ingredients lined the counters of his cozy kitchen. When he beat two eggs and dropped them into the pot, though, he couldn't seem to find a lid, and eventually settled on trapping the steam with a plate. You both waited on the egg for a silent moment, your foot bouncing under the bar while Jungkook restlessly acquired a slight wiggle. As he took a sip of his tea, a strand of hair fell over his eyes, and he yeeted it out of his face. Your inner language nerd cringed, but there really was no more apt word to describe the action.

You offhandedly said you liked his hair long, and he replied with a smile, "Maybe I'll have to keep it then."

"Do you like it too?" you wondered.

"Honestly no, it's kind of inconvenient."

"Oh, then why would you keep it?" you immediately asked back.

"Well..." he dragged out. "You like it? Maybe I should keep it if it looks better this way."

Your eyes crinkled appreciatively at his thoughtfulness, but then you backtracked. "Wait, no, it's okay! If you don't like it, don't feel like you have to keep it just because of something I said. You can do whatever you want."

"Hm, yeah." A demure smile tugged up the corner of his mouth as he lifted the plate from the ramen pot.

You watched him drag a chopstick through the floating, now-cooked egg to tear it into ribbons, then divide the noodles between two generously-sized bowls. He carefully wiped down the drips of broth from each bowl before sprinkling in his fresh toppings, then walked with you to the table.

Serving you with a pleased smile and a slight nod, he announced, "Dinner!"

"Wow," you mused playfully. "So gourmet."

"I'm really particular about my ramen," he admitted. "I have it down to a perfect routine at this point."

You took your first slurp of his particular, perfect ramen. "Well, it's really good. I'm impressed. And thanks for making me dinner, you didn't have to do all that."

"Oh, come on, it's instant ramen," he laughed. "Nothing special. And you brought the tea, so thanks. And thanks for coming over. And doing the homework with me. And...yeah." Rambling again. Why did he seem so...nervous? You were nervous. He couldn't be nervous. What reason did he have to be? But the twitch of his mouth under his wide eyes, his slightly reddened ears, his hand skittering over his neck—fuck—to ruffle his hair...every action turned another page of his open book. It felt infuriatingly unfair that genetics had assigned someone so sweet and shy and unsure of himself to that fucking body.

While you both ate and talked, you kept catching glimpses of any small flashes of skin you could find, as his long sleeves fell to expose his forearms and the wide neckline of his boxy black shirt gaped around his collarbones. What was wrong with you? Even if this did eventually turn into a dick appointment, the boy still had literally all of his clothes on. You tried to refocus on finishing your noodles, while your brain screamed at itself in shame that you could get this turned on by the sight of someone covered from neck to ankle.

Jungkook ate surprisingly slowly, probably because he kept pausing to excitedly explain his favorite things about the Cowboy Bebop episode you were about to watch together. You smiled into your tea through every out-of-context fun fact and "wait, sorry, that might have been a spoiler!"

Finally, he reached the bottom of his bowl and insisted on both taking your dishes to the sink and leaving them for him to clean later. "You sure you want to start on episode 2? Not 1?"

"Yeah, I remember well enough and your summary helped a lot too!"

"Okay, if you're positive!" he double-checked, grabbing the remote.

Gingerly lowering yourselves to the couch in sync, you avoided looking at each other as you both tried to calculate a comfortable distance between you. His hand looked ready to either hold yours or lower to your thigh, but he retracted at the last second, smoothing it over his own leg anxiously and still clearly itching to make a move. You shuffled closer to him until your thighs barely touched, and he shifted to slink an arm around you, letting your head rest on his well-muscled shoulder. After pressing “play”, he began wiggling slightly again, subconsciously grooving to the old-newspaper-style intro. Spike Spiegel appeared on the screen, his broad shoulders squared into a slouch as he listlessly watched TV. Jungkook kicked one leg over another and stretched his arms out symmetrically to echo the pose. Raising an eyebrow, he waited until you acknowledged him with a faux grimace and a hand to your ear, imitating the old man in a lab who’d just called up Spike for a new mission. You both burst into laughter and settled back into your former arrangement, Jungkook holding you imperceptibly tighter. Though you tried to stay staring straight ahead, wanting to genuinely appreciate the anime, you kept catching his doe eyes in the corner of your sight as you both giggled and gasped your way through the episode.

After avoiding eye contact too many times, you finally tilted your head for a cute sideways view of his face. He leaned toward you too, shyly closing the gap to touch his warm lips to your nose, then lower. You responded immediately, rolling your body with his so your chests met as he pulled you up into a full, deeper kiss. The longer you explored each other's mouths, the more Jungkook punctuated your movements with whimpers. He seemed hesitant to let his hands roam away from your face and neck, but his high, breathy moans made it clear that he was just as into this as you. Your hands had naturally found his taut waist, and at some point you started to bring them back up to his face too—but as your short nails grazed his chest, a particularly sensual, voice-cracking moan interrupted you. You drew back in slight surprise, blinking your eyes open to scan from his face to his body.

He followed your gaze, both slowly settling on the massive tent in his pants. You froze. Your breath grew heavier, confronted with evidence of his physical attraction to you, if nothing else. After regaining his composure, he laid a useless hand over his lap in a delicate attempt to distract you and brought his other hand up to tap your face lightly.

"Is this okay?"

His eyes glittered with equal parts hunger and concern.

"Yes!" you nodded, too quickly, too eagerly. "Yes, this is totally okay. Sorry if I'm being weird, I just...it's been a while." You cringed internally at your own words, but couldn't seem to avoid putting your foot further in your mouth. "I haven't really, like, hooked up like this before—like, I've had sex, but never really outside of a relationship. But don't worry, I get this is more your thing, and I'm totally down if you are. I just don't really know what I'm doing, and you clearly do."

Jungkook blinked at your admission, then his face twisted into something curious, inscrutable. Would he decide you weren't worth the potential for drama? His lips flattened out to a tight line, then pursed to speak, and you looked down at your lap, hoping he wasn't as embarrassed of you as you now were of yourself.

"Well, I've never had sex sober."

Your eyes flashed back up to his. A complex half-smirk offset the furrow in his brow as he exhaled in nervous relief. "So, I don't actually know what I'm doing here either."

You tried to delay your response as you processed the implications. "You mean..." You tilted your head for better eye contact, hoping to convey empathy but not pity while you silently contemplated how to proceed. "Never?"

"Yeah, I've always shown up to parties and the hookups just...happened. Nothing I didn't want, nothing bad like that, but always spontaneous. So I guess we're kind of meeting in the middle, because I've never really had to plan ahead for a situation like this and, uh, figure out what I want. Beyond, yknow, wanting to get laid in the moment, of course." Jungkook laughed off the end of his explanation, but the smile never quite hit his eyes.

"Well, okay, let's pause right there." You sighed. Something in his words didn't sit right with you. "What do you want? I want you to be sure about this, of course, but more than that, even—what do you like?"

"I..." he chuckled, sheepish, shaking his hair over his face again. "What, you want me to just tell you? Like, what I'm into?"

"Yeah," you shrugged, trying to project more confidence than you felt in hopes of encouraging him to keep opening up. "I want you to be able to communicate, I want you to be comfortable. And I want to know what you like, so I can make it as good for you as possible."

With your hands still laid flat on his chest, you felt his heart rate jump a tiny bit, and took the liberty of digging your nails in just slightly deeper. His breath caught him, and then he caught himself. "I don't know, I just want what you want."

Jungkook struggled to appear nonchalant as you rolled your eyes with an "Oh, come on," challenging his avoidance. Every instinct was telling him yes. He could hear his mind screaming at him to be intentional for once and let you take him, if not farther, then deeper than ever before. But he still hesitated, because being intentional in this case required him to be real. He had always been a fairly private person, but something about you made him feel so comfortable so fast that it counterintuitively made him more nervous. Of course Jungkook knew you weren't all innocent at this point, but the risk remained that you wouldn't really be down for everything he secretly wanted to explore. Even worse, though he didn't truly think you would, you could easily turn around and spin anything he revealed into yet another graphic rumor. Especially since you had no skin in the game yourself. He glanced down at your fingers, tensed into his chest, and narrowed his eyes.

"Why don't you tell me what you like first? And then I can tell you where we overlap," he grinned competitively. Your eyes widened as he tossed the challenge back your way. Not backing down, you flattened your hands and steeled yourself to settle the stakes.

"Fine—but only if you promise not to just go along with whatever I say. I'll let you know anything that's a hard no for me, but otherwise I want to hear at least one thing that's not on my list. I really do want what you want, that's how I am too, okay? So..." you paused to slide your fingertips over his collar and drag it down with a light scratch, now directly on his skin. You smiled with your eyes, enjoying the way he naturally responded with a hitch of his breath again. "Surely you can think of something specific."

He nodded quickly, before he could convince himself to back out. "Yeah. Promise."

"Okay," you confirmed, slightly nervous but determined to go through with this, for Jungkook's sake if anything. Seeing his body come alive with each new twist of the situation was building your curiosity, not to mention turning you on beyond belief. You could barely stand the warmth of his skin under your hands, so you drew them back to fold in your lap as you began. "So. Uh. To start. I've never really laid it all out like this either. I really like neck kisses? Like, a lot." Equally unused to this kind of directness, you wrung your hands together nervously, but sucked up the boldness to keep elaborating. "That's definitely, like, a big thing that turns me on...and then getting marked up and everything is really hot to me too. Like you can honestly go really rough with me on that, bite me even. I don't know if this is weird but even though it's annoying to cover up, I love taking off the makeup at the end of the day and seeing all the bruises on myself. Knowing I was walking around all day with that as my little secret." You swallowed shyly before continuing, but Jungkook interrupted the brief silence immediately with a hushed "Fuck."

You turned to face him fully and he didn't even move to meet your stare, eyeing the space above your sweatshirt's wide neckline like he was ready to devour you. Emboldened, your smile grew.

"So...yeah. I like being bitten, marked up. Mostly, uh," you rubbed a slightly trembling hand over your shoulder, "I'm just really into pain in general. Obviously not the bad 'I'm too dry and you're jackhammering me' kind of pain, or like, anal. Anal is a hard no. But things like biting, or hair pulling, or overstimulation. Or, like—I don't really know how to explain this, but...getting held too hard? That deep pain like when you get a massage when you're sore and it hurts but it's good, yknow?"

Jungkook looked like he was about to vibrate out of his skin, breathing shallow and rapid. His eyes flicked up to meet yours, just in time for you to whisper in conclusion:

"I love that feeling."

You suddenly looked away, reticent. A thick silence swelled between you, until he composed himself enough to punctuate it. "Okay. Yeah. Pain. So like, BDSM?"

"I mean, kind of? Sure? I don't have much experience with that and I don't really need the whole power dynamic aspect; I just like the, uh, physical pain. I wouldn't be opposed to trying further, but one thing I do know is I really don't like being degraded. And I'm not into the whole daddy kink thing either. I'm just not gonna call you that, sorry," you laughed, and fortunately he giggled too. "But I know that's not, like, necessary to the rest of BDSM, and the part about giving up control is still...interesting, for sure."

"Wait," Jungkook cocked his head, making a mental note of your last sentence before he went back to the previous one. "What do you mean, being degraded?"

You half-chuckled, half-cringed, never having needed to explain something like this, especially to a guy you hopefully were about to fuck. Cheers to better communication, you supposed.

"You know, how some people when they do dirty talk are like 'yeah, you little slut, you're such a whore.' I don't like being called any of that. Like it's fine that other people like it, there's nothing wrong with that, it's just really uncomfortable for me."

His brows knit together as you explained, and he shook his head so fast it almost looked cartoonish, like a little kid refusing vegetables. "Yeah, no. Don't worry, not really my thing either."

You sighed in relief. "That's nice. I feel like it's, like, weirdly common with guys. Maybe just the kind of thing people learn from porn."

"But you still like it rough, huh? Did you learn that...from porn?" he half-joked, trying to overcome both his shyness and his gritted-teeth arousal.

"No, I don’t like porn. Most of it’s really unethical. I learned from experience," you sassed back. "I don't have a whole lot, but enough to know what I like."

"Well. Hm." He worked his tongue over his teeth, poking one cheek out over his tensed jaw. You couldn't get enough of watching him grow fascinated by your every revelation, and you were preparing to keep pressing further when he beat you to it, posing a question. "Is there anything you haven't tried before, but really want to?"

Your face heated up instantly, tasting your own medicine. You looked back to your hands, breaking his intense eye contact to give yourself the courage to be even more uncomfortably honest. "I...I...um." Your first attempt at disclosing your fantasy came out as a squeak. Swallowing, you set your shoulders and tried again, selfishly reminding yourself Jungkook seemed so eager to please that this was 99% likely to get you exactly what you wanted. "I've always been, uh, really into the idea of, um, getting spanked. I've been, uh, too nervous to ever bring it up, before now obviously, but it's definitely one of the biggest kinks I've always wanted to try. Maybe being tied up too, I think I'd like it if I tried but I haven't thought about that as much. But, yeah...spanking, definitely."

"Fuuuuuuuuck."

A lengthened version of Jungkook's earlier under-breath exclamation made you peer up at him. Your thighs already pressed together from the tension of admitting something totally new, you found yourself needing even more friction just from the sight of Jungkook with his head thrown back on the couch, a veiny hand threaded in his hair to pull the long waves back from his forehead. The full reveal of his sharp eyebrows brought a whole new level of intensity to Jungkook's already beautifully carved features. He glanced over at you, then squeezed his eyes shut with a terse exhale. You couldn't place why, but you felt a deep attraction to the way he expertly restrained himself from acting on the lust written over his face—not under your control, but his own.

"Oh, fuck. What the fuck. How the fuck would you fucking know," he swore more in a single burst than he cumulatively had ever in your presence.

"What?" you toyed, heart rate still high but relaxed enough to enjoy agitating him. "Something ring a bell?"

Jungkook shuddered out a long breath, hand ruffling his hair as his other forearm still tried desperately to subdue his boner.

"Everything," he hissed, more willing to elaborate now that you had done the same, and especially now that he could tell you really did enjoy him being more assertive. "Shit. I...I want...I know you said not to just say this but I really do want everything you want. I can't wait to mark you up. I can't wait to hold you down and bruise your neck. I want it all, I want to make you hurt so good. And then—" Breathless. He looked almost embarrassed. "Then you had to go and somehow guess basically my biggest fucking kink, I can't fucking believe you." Both hands had come up to seize his long locks as he held himself back physically, while finally letting his guard down mentally to declare everything he intended to do to you. Letting out a short laugh, he finally met your eyes. "I wanna spank your ass bright red. Fuck. This is crazy. You're perfect."

Your core throbbed at every bold word. Leaning in close to him, you let your lips approach Jungkook's beautifully sculpted jawline as he panted, his chin tossed up to fully expose his neck. You stopped just short of his skin, in awe of how much you'd been able to work him up and still so tempted to take it to the next level. "Fuck," you echoed. "This is so hot," you murmured almost to yourself. Your eyes closing along with his, you dealt the final blow. "I love that we have so much in common. But come on, you promised. One thing that's not on my list."

Jungkook whined. You could tell he needed to touch you so badly, and no one was stopping him but himself. He had no way of knowing that if he cut the whole discussion and just took you, you wouldn't even try to resist at this point. Staring at his trembling mouth from below, you quickly averted your eyes when he opened his, pretending you hadn't been looking. He inhaled a short hiss, and then spoke.

"Okay..." He paused after just the first word, blowing air through the tiny "o" of his mouth as his eyes bugged slightly from nervousness. He couldn't resist a challenge, though, and his urge to please you overwhelmed his reluctance to peel back one more layer. "So, the pain thing. I think we, uh, feel the same about me giving and you receiving. But...I'm really into it for myself too. I don't know if you'd be comfortable with it, I know you maybe want me to be more dominant and I think I like that more too in general, but you can be as rough with me as you want back. I'd love that." Eyes still open but fluttering, Jungkook's tone grew breathier, heady as he confessed. You almost giggled at how bashfully he worded his desire to dominate you, to rough each other up, but the contrast was so hot you couldn't help sucking your bottom lip between your teeth, eager for him to continue. His voice lowered. "I love being scratched, marked, bitten...hit me, push me back, any kind of pain or any way you can hurt me, I want it." He shivered, but his voice firmed up even further. "I want it so bad."

You fought to stay motionless beside him, unable to even process how much more his honesty had turned you on. You felt helpless in your desire for him, your craving to give him everything he wanted and more. He noticed your charged stillness and shifted toward you, removing a hand from his hair to finally reach for your face. Threading his fingers through your hair instinctively like he had with his own, he tilted your head back to access your neck. Jungkook finally felt confident enough to tease you back as he skimmed his lips over your pulse point, tugging your skin between his teeth for a gentle first taste and grinning when you moaned. Seeing someone so satisfied, for reasons better than just his body or their pride, brought the most incredible rush of blood to his head. And his other head.

"And I get why you want it too," he finished with a whisper in your ear. "So trust me when I say I really, really want to give it to you."

In an instant, your hands yanked his hair down to bring his face up to yours, mouths crashing together. Feverish, restless, you kissed him, hastily attempting to straddle his thick thighs before he threw his body over yours and pinned you to the back of the couch. His hands wandered, intrepid, from your waist to a quick squeeze of your breasts before he spiraled you into his strong arms. Pressing your chest flush with his as your mouths meshed, he ground his hips into you shamelessly, enjoying the way you struggled beneath him to align your core with his rock-hard dick.

"Your room?" You rushed out the words.

Jungkook laughed a little, his tone half whine and half dare. "So we're done talking?"

"Come on," you pleaded back. He finally relented, pulling you up with him and dragging you across the living room and through his door, lips not leaving yours for a second. You backed him into the bed with your arms against his strong chest, and once he was sitting perched on the edge, you laid yourself horizontally over his thighs.

"What are you doing?" he murmured, curling a hand over the dip of your waist to hold you gently.

You angled your head back to make unsteady eye contact with him, flipping your shorts down boldly. His free hand automatically reached to slowly conform to the shape of your ass, so eager to touch you but tentative as he grazed your curves.

"Giving you exactly what you want."

"Fuck. Really? You're sure about this?" Jungkook held careful eye contact as you brought your arms back up, crossing your wrists over your head delicately. You nodded slightly and did your best to meet his gaze with confident invitation, convincing him how much you trusted and wanted him.

He smoothed his warm hand over your ass one more time, then brought it up and watched your thighs tighten at the loss of his touch. Breathing in, still a little shakily, he brought his hand down on your right cheek with a loud but mild smack. A grunt of satisfaction involuntarily left him when he saw your face flinch down into the sheets, subduing a small noise of surprise. He returned his hand to caress the light redness he'd left, checking in with you again. "Is this okay? Let me know if I should stop."

You replied with your face still tucked between your arms, muffled by the bed. "More than okay. Please don't stop."

He spanked you again, moving to your left cheek. This time you felt his dick twitch under you and couldn't help grinding down on him a little bit. "Is that as hard as you can go?" you taunted in low tones, brave enough to egg him on but not quite enough to meet his eyes again.

Jungkook's thighs and core tensed under you, and he squeezed his fingertips tighter, digging into the skin of your ass. "Not at all," he said simply.

Deep breath. A few seconds passed, and his hand came down, harshly. You cried out in shock, the timing unexpected and the sting far sharper, and he gave your other cheek a fourth hard smack before you could even process the third one. "Harder?" he tested. "Tell me."

Another spank. "Mmmf."

"You like this, huh?"

"Yes, I told you," you whimpered back, half-teasing even though you were in no position to do so. Immediately, he cut you off with a stinging hit across both cheeks, and you moaned.

"You really do," he breathed lowly. "Fuck yeah. Take it then."

He spanked you again, and again, then paused, tugging down your shorts all the way to your ankles to expose the crease right above your thighs. Rubbing your already sore bottom, Jungkook cupped the underside of its curve in his big, firm hand. Already anticipating your whine, he drew back his touch and hummed in harmony with you. He continued landing satisfyingly hard smacks, alternating to cover your ass evenly. His dick strained through his pants more and more each time you trembled under his touch. Never hitting you hard enough to do serious damage, he still clearly enjoyed his thorough reddening of your ass, and occasionally took a moment just to caress your skin as it warmed from the spanking. The pain lit your senses up from head to toe. Face burning with deep arousal, you mentally thanked yourself for going out of your comfort zone and unprecedentedly admitting your kinks before even venturing into your first time together. Amidst the thrilling sting of his hand meeting your soft curves, Jungkook eventually noticed your thighs clenching together, craving friction but not really wanting relief from the pleasurable burn.

"You're wet," he marveled, sliding two warm fingers up and down your slit.

"Mhm," you mumbled back as you tilted your hips into his hand. He gave you a light slap right on the folds between your legs, eliciting another soft moan.

"So good for me," Jungkook said softly, pulling you up into his lap by your waist. "You look so pretty like this. I wanna see all of you." He tugged your sweatshirt over your head, followed by your sports bra, thankful that it stretched over your head easily. Suddenly grinning, he wound up and shot it across the room like a rubber band, and you smacked his arm, giggling.

"What was that? You cheeseball," you teased, and he blinked, chuckling lightly back. It occurred to him that he'd never laughed, or made someone laugh, during sex before.

"It was so stretchy! Don't make fun of me," he blushed.

"You're so cute," you said, fingers sliding under his t-shirt hem.

"Cute?" His eyebrows rose in mock disbelief, and he reached around to land another hit to your still-red asscheek.

"Hot," you amended. Raising his shirt and finally getting a full glimpse of his enviable abs, you groaned. "You're extremely hot, and also really cute, and it's kind of ridiculous and I don't really know how to handle all of it at once."

His face scrunching up into a smile at the praise, he fell back onto the bed with his arms behind his head. "You are too, you know. Really cute, of course. But really hot too." As you discarded his shirt and moved on to easing his sweatpants down his hips, you held in a gasp as his erection sprung up from the waistband. He was big, thick, and painfully hard, his tip glistening warm with precum and a lone vein running prominently up his smooth shaft. Although you wouldn't be corroborating them, you had to admit to yourself that all the rumors were true. You instinctively curled a hand around it, barely covering half his length, and he winced at your slightest touch. Pulling off with a single slow stroke, you slid his sweatpants and briefs all the way to the floor and then stood, looking up from his legs to his blown-out eyes to take in the glorious sight of his fully naked body.

"You shave," you said, surprised by the clean skin under his arms and between his legs.

"Yeah," he demurred, self-conscious for some reason. He lowered his arms to fold them over his torso, somehow defining his biceps even more. "I'm on the dance team, and it's nice to feel all smooth for practice and stuff. I don't know, I just like it."

"Oh, that's cool! No worries, I like it too. And you don't mind that..." You looked down at yourself, still just standing naked in front of him. "...I don't? Like, down there at least."

"No, you do you!" he said quickly. With a shy smile, he admitted, "I actually kind of like it on you. I do this for me, anyway, not for anyone else," he playfully noted. Slowly, he was sitting up to take hold of your waist and lower you down to the bed with him. Pausing to kiss the sweet spot under your jaw, he continued. "So don't feel like you have to do anything, or not do anything, either."

Jungkook couldn't quite explain the nature of how his attraction to you had developed. Seeing how open and honest you were with him made it easy for him to be honest with you too, and just to feel comfortable being himself. He admired the way he could still tell you sometimes got nervous like him, but it didn’t stop you from getting real or going bolder. Unable to fully express it in words, he just hoped to ensure you felt as comfortable and respected around him as he did around you. He already knew that he wanted this to be more than just a one-time thing, and while he still hesitated to assume that you felt the same, he intended to leave no doubt by the end of the night.

You moaned as he nipped at the skin of your neck. It was so easy to get swept back up in Jungkook. You could barely handle the friction of his dick rutting against your wet folds from below, craving him inside you. "Ughhh. Wait, one more thing. I'm on the pill, are you clean?"

"Yes," he gasped, barely removing his mouth from your jaw. "Are you?"

"Yeah, so we don't need a condom. If that's cool with you!"

"Yeah! But, you're ready?" He seemed surprised.

"Aren't you?" you whined, beyond holding back. He felt so unbearably hard that his coherence and willpower kind of surprised you too. "Please, I want you so bad."

To your surprise, he lowered his head to the crest of your legs, dotting wet kisses down your torso. Keeping his big brown eyes on you, he teased your entrance with a finger and echoed your immediate groan at the welcome stretch.

"You really are ready," he remarked, awed at the ease with which your wetness sucked the digit in. Frankly, you were in awe as well. It had taken your ex-boyfriend months to figure out how to get you this worked up. Jungkook either had even more experience than you'd heard from the grapevine, or he was a natural. Or maybe you were just really, ridiculously, primally attracted to him. He went on to curve his finger in you and lick a messy swipe up your folds, sucking hard once he reached your sensitive clit. You cried out at the delicious burst of stimulation and he rose up to catch your lips with his.

"I had to do that, just once," he grinned breathlessly. "But—"

"Let me suck you off," you interjected, unbelievably fucking turned on and dying to please him.

"No," he gasped with far more fervency than you'd think anyone could refuse a blowjob. "Please, I was about to say—" he choked out a high-pitched moan as you ran a single finger up his shaft in anticipation, sinking the nails of your other hand into his thigh. "—I think I'm gonna explode if I don't get inside you right this second."

So he did have a breaking point. "Fuck," you muttered, bringing your legs around his to tuck your heels under his tight ass as he lined up. He eased his tip in, keeping heavy eyes on you the whole time, and you could feel the hot, thick tension in his thighs as he struggled to hold himself back from just thrusting into your heat. Slowly, he drew closer into you until he bottomed out with a low moan. You whined at the perfect slight pain of the stretch, and Jungkook squeezed his eyes shut, gripping you by your waist. Watching the veins in his forearms stand out as he drove almost all the way out and back into you, you rocked your hips carefully against his with each smooth stroke, getting used to his fullness. When his balls met your ass again, he shuddered a bit and opened his eyes into yours.

You answered his question before he could even ask it. "Jungkook—you feel so good. You can go faster, it's okay."

A smile hit his eyes before his mouth, and he kissed you once, pressing his chest to yours and intertwining your tongues eagerly. You bit his bottom lip as he slowly drew away, tugging it between your teeth to pull a sweet little whimper from his throat. Grinning, he leaned back in to touch his forehead to yours and simultaneously slid a subtle hand under your ass to curve your hips up with his. The slight leftover sensitivity of your skin amplified his light touch, and Jungkook seemed to realize this, curling his fingers to tease you with the tips of his nails. Instinctively, you ducked to bite his neck, not even registering your move to pass the pain back to him until he choked out a beautifully half-restrained moan and snapped his hips into yours. Gasping, you encouraged him to lose himself in you, dragging your lips up to latch around his earlobe. He hissed and thrust into you sharply again, meeting the time of your movements as you swirled your tongue between each of his hoop earrings. Soon he was pounding you rhythmically, finally letting you feel the full force of his strength but keeping remarkable control over both his body and yours. Both of you had gone silent except for your heavy breaths, lost in the moment, but the flexed shivers of his thighs and twitches of his fingers in your hair told you all you needed to know. Suddenly yanking your strands to pull you back from the additional bruise you'd sucked beneath his ear, he earned a new set of scratches on his back as your hands dragged down the muscular expanse in reply. Jungkook switched places with you to draw dark clouds from your skin, a storm brewing under your jaw. Your face fell into pure bliss, eyes shut and immersed in the barrage of sensation from his hands, mouth, and big dick filling you. Already feeling the familiar tension that preceded an orgasm building through your whole body, you chased him closer to his climax too, grinding back roughly into every thrust and raking your hands over every part of his firm body you could reach.

You had really been fooling yourself when you thought you could try something casual for once. You wanted more of Jungkook, all of Jungkook, nothing but Jungkook ever again. Knowing he'd never even gone back to the same hookup twice sank slight anxiety into your stomach, a kind of future nostalgia for this moment you already feared losing. You knew you weren't anything special compared to the catalogue of gorgeous girls he'd had his turn with, but a deviant voice whispered from the back of your mind that you could be, because it was clear none had bothered to learn him like this. You'd still try your desperate best not to want too much from him, but you resolved to do whatever you could to make him crave more.

Rolling your hips in a smooth circle against him, you clenched around his dick and your hands tightened their fierce hold on his tiny waist. You felt his abs tense within your grasp as he tried not to stutter into you.

"Fuck. No." His voice cracked, but held an undertone of ferocity. "You come first." Jungkook rushed a hand to your clit, adding pressure in small, deft motions with a fingertip as he kept fucking you deep. You sank your teeth into his shoulder in response, drawing your hands up his back to clutch him closer to you, and Jungkook cried out. You left your mouth on his golden skin to stifle your moans as he sped up his fingers, and he tried to let you stay there but eventually couldn't help pulling you off him to see your face. Eyes narrowed and eyebrows turning up sharp at the ends, he watched you like a hawk to track the exact moment when he pushed you over the edge. Your face crumpled and you felt your whole body burn under his gaze as you came, squeezing around him in waves of pleasure while he fucked you through your high, unrelenting. Drinking up the bliss obvious on your features, Jungkook's eyes never left yours and his expression grew more and more fucked out. You marveled at how even as you lost control and energy to fuck him back, your body freezing in orgasm seemed to turn him on further. One last pulse of the tension leaving your core made his dick throb inside you, and you impulsively broke your eye contact to lean in and bite down slow but hard on his neck again. He gasped.

"You're amazing." Murmuring into his skin, you kissed the bite marks gently. Jungkook whimpered at the sweet contradiction and lurched into your hips even harder. You recovered to move with him, squeezing him deeper into you every time he bottomed out, and as his breathless moans escalated in pitch, his whole body shivered with each stroke. Pressing wet, heavy kisses all over his neck, you felt his jaw flutter while his lips hung open. His considerable strength spent, Jungkook shuddered one last hard thrust into you and finally let go, coating your walls from within. His hips lightly rocked against yours as he stayed deep inside you, still hard and savoring the euphoric release he'd held back for so long. You felt so incredibly warm and comfortable around his sensitive dick, relaxed but still holding him tight, and he couldn't help holding you up for a languid kiss before pulling out of you smoothly.

He briefly looked into your eyes, and you saw stars. The sun had continued to set outside, and it peeked between the blinds of his window to wrap you both in a warm, slivered glow. Staring down at his hands on your body, Jungkook took a deep breath and collapsed to your side, holding you close. You settled into him, cupping a hand over his head on your chest. With your fingers laced through his sweaty hair, you stroked his temple with your thumb, worrying for a second whether the gesture seemed too intimate but forgetting your fear when he snuggled up into your touch. You felt the need to say something, to figure out what the fuck was next after this, but stayed silent, not wanting to disturb the comforting weight of his frame. Heartbeat still racing, Jungkook stretched out to breathe a long sigh. As he sank back into you, you stretched under him too, letting his solid, warm body drape over you like a blanket. This couldn't be farther from what you'd expected with him, but you weren't about to make it stop. Surely, eventually, he would.

A minute passed. And then five. And then, before either of you could talk yourselves out of it, you were asleep, intertwined.

#jungkook x reader #jungkook smut #jungkook fluff #jungkook x reader smut #bts smut #bts fic #bts fanfic #college!jungkook #college au!jungkook #bts college au #jungkook #jeon jungkook #bts jungkook #my writing #fic: anti-hero #anti-hero #anti hero

956 notes · View notes

mortedeveles · 4 years ago

Text

BEAST. [Halloween Week] [P.1]

Summary: Throughout the years you’ve known Bakugou Katsuki, he’s never celebrated Halloween with you. This year seems to be an exception, and you’re not sure if it’s a good or bad thing. One day at a scare house unravels the secrets of the friend you’ve been pining after for months, and you experience horror and fear like never before.

PART TWO HERE: BEAST P.2

Pairing: Werewolf! Bakugou Katsuki x fem!reader

Themes: Horror, teens pining after each other jhdjhsd, fantasy!au [ONE-SHOT] [HALLOWEEN WEEK]

TW (PLEASE RED): Jumpscares, body gore, werewolves, graphic violence, cursing.

Word Count: 3.2K (aprox 3,265 words)

A/N: i had such a hard time coming up with the title DEBWEBKAW!! You might’ve noticed I was scheduled to post about All Might, not Bakugou, but I’ve been having a hard time writing for All Might so I decided to write Bakubitch. and i just whipped this up today, so hopefully it’s okay ;;

This is PART 1!! WILL BE RELEASING PART 2 (and final) TOMORROW (or in 2 days)! If anyone’s interested in P2, lmk to make a taglist!

This fic is part of HALLOWEEN WEEK, which you can check out HERE! Please support the event <3 please check out my other HALLOWEEN WEEK FIC (todoroki shouto) which is LINKED at the END of THIS FIC!

If you enjoy, please leave a REBLOG, COMMENT, LIKE AND/OR FOLLOW!! REBLOG > LIKE

Bakugou hates Halloween.

It's not the holiday he exactly hates, not at all. Although he won't admit it, the laughter of children around the corner, the ''spooky'' decorations and the hint in the air of new fall spices humors him. It's still a somewhat foreign- Western concept to him, but it doesn’t bother him, so he thinks it’s alright.

What he hates, is how you're so insistent on going trick-or-treating on Halloween. Every goddamn year, you're trying to convince him with those sweet, pleading eyes of yours, your pouty lips, and sad little voice. And there's been several times you almost win him over, but he has to put his foot down.

Halloween is the bane of his existence, the only day he loses control of his body. Bakugou spends it sitting in a cold, musty dungeon, held down by chains.

Sometimes, he'll briefly remember you, and that you're probably out in a cute, skimpy outfit, smiling and bouncing with other guys. It makes his blood boil.

But it's the way it is, even if it leaves a bitter taste in his mouth. He would rather put your safety and keeping his secret over enjoying the holiday outdoors, with you.

And this year, just like the rest, was no different. Right after the school bell rang, and the students began to shuffle out of the U.A. academy, you walked up to him.

''Bakugou!'' your quiet but determined tone reached his ears. On any other occasion, he would've basked in it. But it was October 31st, which meant that you came to attempt to convince him to spend Halloween with you.

''Yes, Y/N?'' He grumbled. You smiled as the two of you walked out of the school hallways and onto the entrance.

''I was wondering...'' you twiddled with your skirt. ''Do you want to go trick or treating with me?'' As soon as he opened his mouth to protest, you stopped in your tracks and pressed your hand on his chest.

''-And before you say no, hear me out! It's a scary house, we can go at five pm, we'll spend an hour or two there and then you're back at your house, just in time for your bedtime! God knows you appreciate your sleep,'' you snorted, shaking your head in amusement.

Bakugou groaned. He gently pushed off your hand, shaking his head and walking straight ahead. You whined in annoyance and trailed after him.

''C'mon, Baku!'' you tugged at his shirt sleeve. ''Please come with me. I'm... I'm having some problems with my friends, and...'' he slowed down at the sudden bitter tone in your voice.

''They’re going to ditch me on Halloween, and now I don't have anyone to hang out with. You know how things are with my family, and I'd...I'd really appreciate it if you could hang out with me, even if it's for a while.''

The way you lower your head makes his heart ache with pain. Bakugou knows you don't have an idea, but you've got his heart and soul around your finger, bound and desperate to make you happy.

He lets out a quiet sigh, before shoving his hands into his pockets. ''Tch. Fine, I'll go with you to this shitty house, or whatever.''

His heart leaped at the way your manner changed in a blink of an eye. The loneliness in your eyes was swept away and you smiled widely, leaping forward and wrapping him in a tight hug.

The blond barely had time to react, letting out a surprised oof! before being smothered by your hug.

''Thank you, thank you!'' You nearly wagged your nonexistent tail in excitement. The way you beamed at him made his face warm, even though he knew the rest of his departing classmates were staring at him. Frankly, if this was what it took to make you smile, he'd do it all over again.

''Whatever...'' he growled. Bakugou glanced at the sky. It was light blue, with little to no clouds. The moon was out of sight. For now, he thought bitterly.

''Just promise me something.'' You raised your eyebrows expectantly.

''Yeah?''

''We have to return before eight o'clock, nine at most. You hear me?''

You shot him a toothy grin that made his heart stutter. ''Sure thing!'

─── ･｡ﾟ☆: *.☽ .* :☆ﾟ. ───

You're not entirely sure how you managed to convince Bakugou- but you sure as hell won't question it. If you do, you might risk him not going at all. And that would just be the cherry on top of your melancholic week, the trigger that would make you fall apart and burst into tears.

But for now, you tucked those feelings into a corner. The Halloween costume you were going to wear was a top priority. Shifting through your small closet, your eyes drifted back and forth. Money had been tight this year, and you weren't sure what to wear as a decent Halloween costume. Buying a costume was out of the question.

When your eyes settled on a gothic dress, a grin spread on your face. It was a blood-red and black lace, with three-fourths sleeve and beautiful designs. It had a blood-red ribbon around the waist and reached around your mid-thigh.

''Perfect,'' you whispered with a wide grin. In a matter of a few hours, you texted Bakugou the location of the spooky house, showered, dressed, slipped on a pair of black flats, and did your makeup. Since the dress was gothic looking, you decided to dress as a vampire.

All you had to do was do some simple makeup, apply some fake blood- which you learned to do last year, and buy a pair of fake fangs on your way to the scary house. And if you were lucky, buy a cheap but nice looking black cloak.

Even though you told yourself to not think about it, you couldn't help but wonder what made Bakugou change his mind this year. Although the two of you had been friends since meeting during your first year at U.A. Academy, he had always opted out of Halloween.

The fleeting and conflicted thoughts swarmed your mind as you walked out of the local store, having bought the fake fangs and cloak. With them, your costume was complete.

Feeling happy and confident with yourself, you arrived at the spooky house in a matter of minutes. You noticed that your neighborhood was long behind you, and the house was in an abandoned area. It was the only house. Other than that, there was a road and on the other side, a huge, dark forest that made you shiver.

The spooky house was tall, with three floors, creaky and old wood, and a wide yard. Tall weeds and dead plants surrounded the house. The house was painted a dirty grey, with cobwebs in the corners and an empty swing creaking on the doorstep entrance. The house had gates surrounding it, easily double your height.

''Oi, fangs,'' Bakugou's gruff voice pulled you away from examining the house. You glanced at your left, and there he was, leaning on the house’s black gates.

The blonde stood a few feet away from you, wearing a simple black tee-shirt and jeans. And yet, he looked irresistibly good.

''He....'' you swallowed nervously. You had to keep your feelings down. ''Hey.''

Bakugou nodded in acknowledgment, and the two of you lingered in front of the house. The gates’ paint was chipped, and the two gate doors were slightly open, but something held you back from entering. Why weren’t there any other people?

''So... this the place or what? It looks too fucking shady for a spook house.'' He snorted, and you couldn't help but agree with his statement, even if you didn't voice it out.

''Yeah...'' seeing him in an informal outfit had left you breathless. ''Yeah, this is the house. Let's go in.'' And without further ado, you pushed the gates open. They creaked loudly and you grimaced.

The two of you walked side to side in silence, shoulders slightly brushing against each other. When you reached the doorstep, you craned your neck and peeked on the window at the right. It was musty and covered in dust, but you caught a movement or two. You weren’t sure if it was comforting.

''Well...'' you breathed shakily. ''Here we go.''

There was no one inside. The house was barren, with grey walls and a banner on one of them with the bold words; “WELCOME!’’

You didn’t see any actors or customers. It was unsettling. Slowly, the two of you stepped inside the house, tensing as the wooden floor creaked beneath your feet.

The house was too eery. Even though the website said that once you stepped inside, no one would be there, you couldn’t help but feel that neither of you was supposed to be there.

As soon as the two of you were completely inside the house, the front door slammed behind you. You jumped, and Bakugou flinched. The two of you glanced back at the door and then at each other.

‘’You better fucking hope this is the right house,’’ the blond grumbled. ‘’Or we’re in serious trouble.’’

You decided to remain silent. The two of you surveyed the room; all of the doors were closed and upon further inspection, locked. It was dimly lit with one small, flicker lightbulb.

''Bakugou...'' you whispered, clinging onto his arm. ''Are you scared?''

He snorted. ''Of course not. Knowing how these cheap-ass places work, they’re probably going to scare us from behind or something.''

You heard a ball drop on the floor. It came from behind, rolled to your feet, and you flinched.

''I don’t think we should-'' you couldn't even finish your sentence, as the floor beneath you two disappeared. A scream ripped from your lips as Bakugou and you fell into complete darkness.

''Fucking hell!'' The blonde shouted. You gripped his hand and his free arm moved wildly, desperate to grab hold onto something.

''Hooly shiit!'' You screamed. The wind howled briefly in your ears and a few seconds, you stopped falling. With a loud thump, the two of you fell on a soft surface. It was still dark, and you could barely see a thing. Then a few torches lighted up on the walls, and you strained your eyes to adjust to your surroundings.

''Jesus fucking christ...'' Bakugou rose from the ground, and it seemed that the two of you had landed on a black, wide cushion. He patted down his clothes and scowled.

''Where the fuck did you find this house, Y/N?''

You smiled sheepishly and rose from the cushion. ‘’Google?’’

He sighed in disapproval. ''Whatever. Hurry up, I don't want us to take long.''

You nodded and followed him. It seemed that you had fallen to an underground passage of sorts. The walls were rocky and cold, a rocky wall behind you blocked passage south and there was an empty trail ahead of you. Torches were on the walls, but they weren't enough to light the entire way. Farther than ten feet away, it was dark. You weren't sure if the path continued or not.

''C'mon,'' Bakugou began speed walking away and you had to jog to catch up with him.

‘’Hey!’’ You protested. ‘’Slow down!’’ With a grunt, he reluctantly slowed down. Just as Bakugou and you reached the end of the trail lighted by torches, he walked towards the wall and plucked one off the wall.

He gripped your hand and surged forward. You followed after, feeling your face erupt with warmth at his bold actions. On the other hand, he didn’t even flinch, and you wondered what the hell was he thinking.

It seemed that the trail continued forward. The torch lit the way, and it seemed that the path narrowed the farther you walked. There was an uncomfortable and questionable silence between the two of you, mainly because of your hand-holding. Katsuki was one of your closest friends, and although he had been your crush for months, there hadn’t been any noticeable changes or romantic insinuations.

After a while, he cleared his throat. ‘’It’s so… we don’t get lost. I don’t want to have to find your dumbass if you get lost.’’ He grumbled.

You smiled. ‘’Okay, Bakugou.’’

Every once in awhile, you’d hear a scream or a roar that did not sound human. You’d flinch and cling onto Bakugou, but nothing ever happened.

It felt like hours passed by until you reached the end of the path. Or at least, what seemed to be the exit. The trail had been narrowing until the two of you could barely fit, shoulders, and hips brushing against each other constantly. It was safe to say your face was hotter than a teapot.

‘’I don’t think we’ll need this anymore,’’ Katsuki released the torch and placed it on one of the wall’s torch handles.

There was a white, wooden door ahead.

‘’Do you think this is the exit?’’ You murmured. Bakugou shrugged. He pushed you behind him, and slowly opened the doorknob, kicking it open once it clicked.

‘’Who’s there?’’ He snapped and placed one foot inside, moving the torch and attempting to observe his surroundings. You trailed behind him, hand still in his.

After hearing and seeing nothing, the blonde grumbled. He pulled you forward and the two of you stepped into the room. This time, it looked similar to the design of the house’s first room.

There were two old and ripped couches, a TV that was turned on, emitting static and disturbing noises. The lightbulb flickered. At the farthest and opposite wall of the room, there was another door.

The two of you slowly stepped forward, glancing from side to side. As you passed by the first couch, something wrapped around your ankle and you screamed. Just as fast as it seized you, it slithered away. Bakugou whupped around, and the two of you raced towards the door. Just as your hand wrapped around the doorknob, you heard a gut-wrenching scream behind you.

‘’Shit!” Both of you shouted in surprise.

A low groan echoed in the room, and Bakugou gripped your arm and swung the door open. The banshee was gone, and the two of you raced inside. As soon as you were inside, you realized too late that it was a tight hallway. Quickly, the two of you raced forward, and you yelped when you felt hands, hundreds of them, grab desperately at your clothes. None of them pulled you back, but it was enough to make you scream in terror.

Bakugou tightened his grip on your hand and before you knew it, you saw light ahead of you. The two of you raced forward, only to freeze when you saw a body hanging from the ceiling. It resembled a young boy, with his eyes gouged out, his stomach ripped open. You hoped the guts that spilled from his body were fake. Dried blood stained the floor. With trembling legs, you followed Bakugou, who was leading the way, even though you noticed he was frightened as well.

Besides the dummy, there was nothing else in the room. Instead of a door, there was a wide hole, and you could see a rope from the other side. The exit.

‘’Is-is it fake?’’ You couldn’t help the tremble in your voice.

‘’Yeah, it is.’’ But even Bakugou sounded uncertain of himself.

Slowly, the two of you stepped forward, walking around the body. As you were halfway towards the exit, a roar echoed and the floor ripped open in the middle. A monster crawled out of the floor, and Bakugou and you raced towards the exit. He pushed you out first, and you wildly grabbed the rope, even as it scratched at your hands as you slid downwards.

Bakugou followed suit and the two of you landed on soft grass, panting heavily. You had escaped in time. It seemed that you had finally reached the exit of the spooky house. There was a tall, towering forest surrounding you. Trees swayed and crickets chirped. The sky was already dark, and you could see the moon slowly setting in the sky.

Slowly, the two of you rose from the grass.

‘’Oh god…’’ you mumbled. ‘’I’m never going to a scare house again.’’ As you regained your breath and muttered about how frightening it was, you noticed that Bakugou was eerily silent. His back was turned to you.

''Y/N...'' Bakugou's voice was oddly strained. You frowned and glanced at him. He slowly turned around. Veins were popping on his forehead, and he was digging his nails into his palm. Why was he acting so strange?

''What time is it?''

With a frown, you fished out your phone from the cloak and turned it on. The screen read 10 PM.

''Um...'' you froze. Nine o'clock at most. You hear me? Bakugou's previous words echoed in your head. Oh god, he was upset that it'd taken too long and would never hang out with you again-

''Y/N!'' He barked. You staggered backward as Bakugou dropped on the floor, curling into a fetal position with a low groan. The more he groaned, the less he sounded like himself, and sounded more... inhumane. His pained groans shifted between growls and whines.

''Go away. Go home, Y/N. Get the fuck away from me.'' The blonde managed to rise on his feet for a few seconds and spat out the words, before tumbling to the ground again.

''What?'' Disobeying his wishes, you stepped closer to him. ‘’No. You're clearly not feeling well. C'mon, grab onto my shoulder, and I'll take you to the nearest hospital.''

''NO!'' He flinched when you grabbed him and stepped away.

You frowned, feeling your heart sting at his actions. ''What is going on with you Bakugou? Stop being so prideful for a second, and let me help you!''

He opened his mouth to respond, and with a gasp, you noticed there was something wrong.

He had fangs.

Not the type that you were wearing, transparent and cheap-looking, fake fangs. No, the fangs that sprouted on both his canines were sharp, large, and gleamed dangerously. Your heart stopped for a second.

''Ba...ku....gou...'' With wobbly knees, you took a step backward. His eyes gleamed with frustration and panic, and just as he reached out for you, a sharp howl pierced the wind.

Both of you glanced at the sky, and you felt your hands tremble as the full moon stared back at you.

‘’No.’’ Bakugou whispered. He stared at his hands in disbelief, before falling to his knees. He groaned loudly, gripping at his head.

‘’Are you feeling okay? Let me help you-,’’ He pushed your hand away and growled.

‘’Go home, Y/N! Get the fuck away from me. You’re in danger. GO!’’

You were startled to hear bones cracking and popping from Bakugou. What was going on? Was he hurt? Why did he want you to go?

‘’Wha-,’’ Before you could complete your sentence, you watched in horror as your friend rose and became a beast. His spine grew, his arms and legs were covered in fur as claws sprout from his nails. Bakugou’s jaw elongated, the fangs you had previously seen only grew longer and his eyes became a near pitch-black, void of any human soul.

You fell on the ground from the shock, feeling your heart stutter in fear and knees tremble.

''What- what are you?''

The beast you called your friend growled in response.

A werewolf. Your friend, Bakugou Katsuki, was a werewolf. And the fact couldn't terrify you any more than it already did.

PLEASE CHECK OUT MY OTHER HALLOWEEN WEEK FIC HERE!

If you’re interested in P2; send me an ask/DM!

Taglist: @sandwichez01 @ur-local-simp

PLEASE REBLOG, LIKE AND COMMENT!

#bakugou x reader #bakugou katsuki #mha x reader #bakugou katsuki x reader #bnha bakugou #bnha #mha #Halloween Week #werewolf!bakugou x reader #werewolf #tw: violence #tw body gore #reader insert #fem!reader #my hero academia #my hero academy fanfiction #fanfiction #fanfic #mha x fem!reader

108 notes · View notes

here4theheartbreak · 4 years ago

Text

Maid in Hollywood (Yoonmin Hybrid AU)

⭒ AO3 Link Here!

⭒ Relationships: Jimin x Yoongi (YoonMin) ⭒ Genre: smut, hybrid AU ⭒ Final Rating: Explicit ⭒ Word Count: ~31.1k

⭒ Tags: smut, hybrids, snow leopard hybrid!Yoongi, human!Jimin, dirty talk, maid outfit, rough sex, tail pulling, panties, heels, makeshift anal plugs, coming untouched, oral sex, feline penis, switch!Jimin, switch!Yoongi, idolverse

⭒ Summary: It’s 2014 K-Con and Yoongi has a surprise for his boyfriend.

⭒ A/N: This fic was written for an anon - requested during my 2k followers request event! The prompt was “You need to stop pulling my tail right now.” Thank you so much for requesting!!

There was something in the air in California that made nearly every member of Bangtan horny. Though the adrenaline of a performance often left those that were intimate with one another scrambling for kisses and touches while changing, but it was an entirely different situation after their performance at K-Con this year. It was their first time performing at the event, and what was more – their first actual performance really in the United States, aside from the small thing they had done when they were filming for American Hustle Life. It was invigorating.

So Jimin shouldn’t have been surprised when he caught Taehyung grinding against Hoseok’s hip in the shower, Hoseok’s tail wagging a mile a minute. He wanted to be a in a similar position with Yoongi, if he was being honest with himself. Except for the fact that he couldn’t find his boyfriend anywhere.

Jimin tapped Jin’s shoulder. He glanced back, tugging a clean shirt on.

“What’s up? Why aren’t you showered? We’re leaving soon.”

“Where’s Yoongi?” Jimin asked.

Jin frowned, glancing around the changing space. “I—I’m not sure. I assumed he was with you.”

“He left already,” Namjoon said, peeking around a pillar as he fiddled with the towel he’d somehow gotten wrapped around his antlers. “Said he was tired and took off early to the hotel room.”

“Without me?” Jimin asked, his face drooping. His bottom lip pushed out in an involuntary pout.

“Are you two fighting?” Jin worried. “I didn’t think so… Did I make him mad?”

“He seemed fine. I’m sure he was just tired, Jimin,” Namjoon said. “Tonight was big.”

“I know. That’s why I wanted to celebrate with him.” Jimin’s shoulders slumped to match his face. “I’ll hurry and shower if Taehyung isn’t getting fucked in it.”

Jin chuckled. “Tell them to put their dicks away until we get to the hotel room.”

Jimin tried to smile at the joke, but it fell flat. He had begun to mentally retrace everything he’d done with Yoongi for the past few days, trying to find something that might make him angry. This continued as he slipped into the shower and washed, dressed, and piled into the car with the rest of the members.

Hoseok and Taehyung’s previously endearing attachment was grating now, and Jimin did his best to block it out as he stared out the window on the way to the hotel.

Jungkook, ever the pressing, worrying, maknae, poked Jimin’s side. “You okay?” He asked when Jimin pulled an earbud from his ears.

“’M fine.”

“You don’t look fine.”

“Do you know if Yoongi is mad at me?”

“He didn’t say anything to me.”

Jimin’s mouth twisted to the side, his lips pursing with displeasure. “Why’d he leave?” He asked no one in particular. When Jungkook didn’t answer, Jimin sighed, jamming his earbud back into his ear.

They had been lucky enough to get three hotel rooms this time around, giving the two couples privacy from the rest of the group. Jimin entered the room he shared with Yoongi, eager to talk with him and make sure there was nothing wrong.

His heart sunk when he found the room empty. So he had done something to piss Yoongi off. Jimin flopped face down on the bed, tears of frustration burning the back of his nose. He messed up everything, didn’t he? How did he even manage to debut with how big of a fuck up he was? Jimin curled up in a ball on the bed, glaring at the wall. Which members’ room was he in? Probably Jin and Namjoon’s. They were sharing with Jungkook – enough room. And didn’t have to see Taehyung and Hoseok fucking like bunnies. His stomach gave a little twinge of jealousy, and he immediately regretted it. Just because he couldn’t keep himself in a happy relationship didn’t mean he should hate his friends for theirs. And he didn’t; he loved seeing Taehyung so happy with Hoseok. He was just so bitter. How would he face Yoongi in the morning?

These thoughts and more swirled in Jimin’s mind, dragging him deeper into a dark place as he laid on the bed. He was so up in his head that he barely heard the soft knock on the door. He glared at it.

“Who is it?” He finally asked. He hesitated when there was no answer. “Yes?” He called out in English, wondering if it might be one of the staff of the hotel.

“Housekeeping.” The voice on the other side sounded strange. Strained and rough for a woman – as if she had a bad cold. She had a familiar accent as well. But this was the US – people had all sorts of accents here, he supposed.

He hesitated, unsure how to respond. “No,” he finally stuttered. “Uh… Go away, sleeping.”

“Housekeeping,” the voice said again.

Jimin scowled deeper. “No.”

Instead of departing footsteps, the door clicked, and pushed open. Jimin scrambled into a sitting position, panic squeezing his throat. Was it someone that would hurt him? A stalker?

Instead of that – or even a persistent staff member – the person that entered had Jimin’s jaw on his lap.

Yoongi stood in the entrance to the room, his hands holding a neatly folded bath towel. Instead of his normal t-shirt, jeans, and sneakers, this was a new look. Yoongi was balancing delicately on a pair of tall black stilettos, shining in the lamplight of the room. His legs were covered with sheer pantyhose, which Jimin’s eyes followed up and up, right to where they stopped just below mid-thigh and were topped with a little black lace bow. A thin strip of black fabric secured them somewhere underneath the black and white maid’s dress that Yoongi also wore. It was the whole package, complete with white frills underneath the bottom, and a cute button up front. A feather duster with a sleek, smooth handle was slipped into the belt on the side of his hip. His dark red hair was framed with a little white frilled headband, sitting just in front of his round, white ears. Jimin could see his lips had been glossed, and there was the lightest dusting of blush on his cheeks. Or maybe he was just blushing. His fluffy white and black spotted tail flicked nervously back and forth as he stood still for Jimin’s examination.

“Yoongi—” Jimin breathed.

“Housekeeping,” Yoongi said again, this time in their language.

“What—”

“Back last year… Filming for Rookie Kings. When we were still flirting and not… Quite ready to start anything intimate… I saw the way you looked at me while I wore that maid outfit. I know that look.”

Jimin chuckled a little, looking away. Yoongi wasn’t wrong. Even though they hadn’t been dating at that time, he’d been unbearably interested in that outfit. “I didn’t think you noticed.”

“Well, I did. And I figured… Since we’re here… And there’s housekeeping, I—Would surprise you.”

Jimin swallowed hard. “I thought you were mad at me.”

“No. Never… Just knew… Wanted…” Yoongi shifted uncomfortably. “It’s stupid.”

“The towels in the bathroom need changing,” Jimin said instead. Yoongi’s cheeks pinked up a little more, his mouth opening in surprise as his whiskers flicked.

“Oh—Of course, sir.” He bowed a little and turned, walking into the bathroom.

Jimin shifted, watching as Yoongi carefully placed the towel in the rack. He bent over the tub, fiddling with the small toiletries. The skirt went up, and Jimin could see the bulge of his cock, tucked into a pair of panties. He palmed himself through his own jeans, staring openly.

Yoongi straightened up and emerged, doing a polite curtsey. “It’s been fixed up for you, sir. Anything else I can help with.”

“Some other stuff needs straightening up out here,” Jimin said, shifting so he was sitting back, resting against the headboard of the bed. He continued to palm himself casually. Yoongi nodded and went around the room, straightening things and lining up items. He bent over once more, tail curling into a playful little question mark shape. Jimin took the opportunity. He went forward and grabbed Yoongi’s tail, giving it a tug.

Yoongi yelped in surprise, straightening up and turning around, yanking his tail back and wrapping it around himself.

“You aren’t supposed to touch the staff, sir,” he scolded.

“Sorry,” Jimin said through a grin. “It looked so soft.”

“It is. And I’d appreciate it staying that way.” Yoongi huffed and turned back to the coffee pot and finished fixing it. He pulled the feather duster out and began going around the room slowly, taking his time to make sure everything was neat.

Jimin’s eyes narrowed as he watched Yoongi work. Yoongi circled around the bed, fixing the curtains. The movement caused his dress to lift once more, teasing Jimin with what was just a few inches higher up. He rose and pushed Yoongi against the window before grabbing his tail once more and yanking it.

Yoongi hissed, his ears flattening. He looked back at Jimin, upper lip raised in annoyance. “You need to stop pulling my tail, right now.”

Jimin smirked and tugged again. “Or what? You’ll meow at me?”

He pressed the bulge of his erection against Yoongi’s thigh. “Or maybe you’ll go ass up for me like a pretty kitty in heat.”

The shiver that ran through Yoongi’s body was strong enough that Jimin felt it. Yoongi huffed. “You’re not supposed to touch the help, sir.”

“But the help is so fucking sexy. You were teasing me.” He tugged Yoongi’s tail again and reached around, sliding his hand under the dress and palming his cock. “Aw… Kitty is getting hard.”

Yoongi growled low in his throat, the rumble vibrating through to Jimin’s chest.

“Don’t get catty with me,” Jimin teased. Yoongi groaned.

“You’re hanging around Jin too much.”

Jimin laughed brightly. He wrapped his arm around Yoongi’s waist and tugged him away from the window, pushing him onto the bed. Yoongi landed with an oomph, and glared up at him.

“I thought cats always landed on their feet.”

“You know, for as much as you tease me, one would think you’re speciest.”

Jimin’s grin grew. “Not even a little. He straddled Yoongi’s waist and kissed him hard. “I love everything about you. Kitty DNA included.”

Yoongi’s smile softened a little, his ears perking up at the praise. The tip of his tail thunked the bed.

Jimin’s smile dropped then and he leaned down, nipping the swell of Yoongi’s bottom lip. “You weren’t very nice to me. Scaring me earlier. I thought you hated me.”

“Sorry,” Yoongi murmured. Jimin crawled off him and grabbed his thigh, pushing him until he flipped onto his stomach.

“Wh—The outfit—”

“You’re wearing it,” Jimin said simply. He hiked the skirt up, groaning deep in his chest. To fully complete the outfit, Yoongi was indeed wearing a pair of lacy black panties, his erect cock tucked neatly along his hip. His stockings were secured to the shirt portion of his outfit.

“Yoongi,” Jimin sighed. He cupped Yoongi’s ass in his hands and squeezed hard enough to make Yoongi moan, his hips pushing back. Jimin stripped his clothes all the way off, getting off the bed only long enough to fish their lube out of his bag. He returned, laying over Yoongi and pressing his cock against the swell of his ass. He scratched the sensitive skin right behind Yoongi’s ears as he kissed his neck.

“Gonna make you feel so good, Yoongi.”

Yoongi gave a soft rumble of approval, shifting to rub back against Jimin. Jimin pushed his panties to the side, exposing his ass. He poured some of the lube over his fingers sliding one into Yoongi. He opened him up steadily, ignoring Yoongi’s soft sighs and whimpers. He slicked his own cock up when he felt Yoongi was loose enough, pulling him back up onto his hands and knees. He lined his cock up and pushed the flared tip in slowly. Yoongi gasped when Jimin pushed in, stretching the sensitive rim wide.

Jimin dug his fingers into the soft fur at the base of Yoongi’s spine, scratching lightly. Yoongi howled, his tail and ass rising further at the attention. “Elevator butt,” He teased. He slid his hand lightly down the length of Yoongi’s tail, tugging once before flicking his wrist at the tip. He drove his cock the rest of the way in as he did.

Yoongi grumbled, dropping onto his chest on the bed. “Bully.”

Jimin slipped his cock free and pushed back in. “What was that?”

Yoongi only moaned.

Jimin pulled out then and flipped Yoongi onto his back, settling between his legs. Yoongi’s cheeks were delightfully flushed, his headband slightly askew. His cock was weeping a little circle of precome in his panties.

Jimin pushed them to the side in the back, sliding his cock home once more. The fabric tickled his sensitive shaft as he did, bringing a smile to his face. This was so dirty and he loved it. He lifted one of Yoongi’s legs, sliding his hands up the stocking to his heel.

“You look so good in heels, baby,” he cooed as he began to thrust into him. He shifted so Yoongi’s ankle was on his shoulder and lifted the other to his other shoulder, bending Yoongi at the waist.

“So hot,” he praised as Yoongi groaned under him. His ass was impossibly tight, and he clenched and released every few seconds as he scrambled to find purchase on the bed.

Jimin’s balls already ached for release, eager to fill his pretty boyfriend. But his ass ached for more. So he reached up and grabbed the top of Yoongi’s panties. He tugged them down just enough for Yoongi’s cock to slip free. It was fully erect, curved and thick, and Jimin knew from experience it was perfect to tease his sensitive hole. He grabbed Yoongi’s cock and squeezed lightly before sliding his thumb over the circle of dull penile spikes around the base of Yoongi’s cock. They were far sharper in true blooded cats, this much Jimin knew, but had dulled over the years in hybrids like Yoongi’s species. Now they just served to stimulate the hybrid’s partner. And that was exactly what Jimin wanted.

He grabbed lube, slicking Yoongi’s cock as he fucked his ass. He reached back to finger his own hole, glad Yoongi was too deep in his own throes of passion to notice.

Jimin pulled his cock free and grabbed the feather duster, discarded on the bed. He slicked the rounded tip and ridges, careful each was smooth before driving it into Yoongi’s hole.

Yoongi screamed, his eyes snapping open in surprise. Jimin smirked. He pushed the duster in until just the feather part was jutting from Yoongi’s ass.

As soon as they made eye contact, Jimin rolled off him and got on his knees. He dropped his chest to the bed and reached back, spreading his ass cheeks to present his slicked pucker.

As he’d expected, Yoongi was on top of him in a heartbeat. He slammed his cock in, dragging a bed muffled scream out of Jimin. The small bumps began stimulating him immediately as Yoongi humped his ass.

“He felt Yoongi puff a breath on the back of his neck before biting down hard, growling low in his throat.

Jimin shouted again, his eyes rolling back. He laid flat and Yoongi followed; pounding into him hard enough to hurt. He loved this. Jimin rarely was able to bottom; taking Yoongi’s cock was hard enough, with the instinctual rough rutting he tended to do. The nodules made it worse. Each one a centimeter or so, even curved and blunted, it added an extra sensation that bordered on painful for Jimin’s sensitive hole.

He screamed until his voice broke, a sob slipping from his lips. His cock dribbled freely against the mattress.

“Do— Don’t come in me,” he pleaded. He knew damn well if Yoongi wanted to, he’d not be able to fight him off. Not like this. And that was what made it so sexy.

Yoongi’s teeth unclamped, his breath hot in Jimin’s ear. “Why not? I was presented a fuckable hole... I should use it.”

“Do not come in me, maid,” Jimin growled, ignoring the hot little twitch his cock gave at Yoongi’s command. “You’re gonna ruin those sexy little panties while my cock’s up your ass.”

He reached back and grabbed Yoongi’s tail. He yanked it once more, chuckling when Yoongi moaned. His hips faltered and he pulled out, quickly shifting to his back. “Please—“ He panted.

“On your knees,” Jimin said instead. Yoongi blinked owlishly.

“Wh—“

“On your knees. It’s your job to clean right?” Jimin asked.

Yoongi swallowed hard and nodded.

“Then you can clean. Knees. Now.”

Yoongi obeyed, looking absolutely obscene with the feather duster still buried inside him. He sank to his knees, looking up at Jimin.

Jimin slid his cock past Yoongi’s soft lips; moaning when Yoongi immediately began to suck. He stroked Yoongi’s ears gently as he began to thrust his hips, laughing breathlessly when one flicked against his fingers due to being tickled. He met Yoongi’s wife eyes.

“Good boy,” he cooed. Yoongi began to bob his head gently,his slightly rough sliding out to lap the part of Jimin’s shaft he couldn’t swallow. Jimin dropped his hand, tickling his whiskers. He slid his cock out and began to stroke quickly, his head falling back as he grunted.

He angled his cock up as he came, and the first few hot, thick ropes of come landed over Yoongi’s fluffy, perked ears. He let his cock drop a little, hitting Yoongi over the nose and cheeks with the majority of it, and a final weaker rope across his tongue. Jimin squeezed the last bit of come from his tip, swiping it across Yoongi’s tongue.

“Good Boy. Now go finish cleaning until I need to come again.”

Yoongi rose, his cheeks pinking further as he did. “Yes, Sir.”

“You look good covered in come, pretty kitty. You should wear it more often.”

Yoongi smiled shyly, biting his bottom lip. He adjusted his cock back into his panties and fixed the front before he walked toward the bathroom. The back of the skirt was still hiked up obscenely from the duster in his ass, and his gait was a little slower and wide due to it.

Jimin stretched out on the bed, playing with his soft cock as he watched Yoongi wander around, fixing and straightening things.

When Jimin was hard enough, he whistled. “Come here, maid.” He gave his cock a squeeze when Yoongi looked over.

Yoongi crawled onto the bed, hips swaying as his tail flicked playfully back and forth.

“Should I ride it, Sir?”

“Yeah. Just make sure you lift your skirt when you come. I wanna watch you wreck those panties.”

Yoongi nodded in understanding. He slicked Jimin’s cock before sliding the duster handle from his ass. He gripped Jimin’s cock and settled onto his lap, lips parting in a quiet gasp as Jimin slid home. The ruffles hid the penetration and tickled Jimin’s skin, making his cock throb inside Yoongi.

Without hesitation, Yoongi began to ride him, splaying his hands on Jimin’s chest. Jimin slid his hands up Yoongi’s thighs, tickling over the place where the stockings ended.

“You’re so beautiful like this, Yoongi,” Jimin whispered, his breath catching in his throat when Yoongi squeezed his cock.

“That’s it…” Jimin slid his hands further up and then around, grabbing Yoongi’s tail as it flicked back and forth. He stroked the fur lightly, gazing up at him.

“Pretty boy,” he cooed. Yoongi’s cheeks pinked up delightfully at that, and he smiled shyly, his whiskers twitching as he bit his lip. Jimin began to pump his hips lazily up.

He dug his short nails into Jimin’s chest, eyes fluttering shut. Jimin’s name escaped his lips like a prayer, the muscles in his arms bulging as he began to tense. Jimin knew he was closed. He grabbed Yoongi’s hips tightly and began to fuck into him hard and fast, meeting Yoongi’s thrusts.

Yoongi shouted and lifted the front of his skirt, throwing his head back. Thick white come seeped through the lacy holes where the tip of his cock rested before finding an easier escape from the leg hole as he rode Jimin. His come slid down his smooth thigh in thick little globs, landing hotly on Jimin’s belly as Yoongi fucked himself onto his cock.

Jimin swore. He grabbed Yoongi and pushed him off, shoving him onto his back. Without giving Yoongi a chance to recover, Jimin yanked the panties to the side and slammed his cock back into him.

Yoongi screamed, grabbing Jimin’s shoulders. His short nails bit into Jimin’s skin as Jimin fucked him as hard as he could manage. Their flesh struck together, filling the room with obscene noises straight out of an adult film.

“Please—” Yoongi cried, his face pinched in pleasure-pain.

“Please what?” Jimin taunted, trying (and failing) to hide the strain in his own voice.

“C—” Yoongi moaned, his cock twitching in the panties once more. “Come,” he pleaded. “Please come in me, Jimin!”

Jimin leaned down kissing Yoongi hard. Their tongues met, Yoongi’s rough one sending shivers all the way down Jimin’s spine. He pumped his hips three more times, driving balls deep on each one, before stilling. His cock throbbed and his balls drew tight, coiling the pleasure in his stomach to the ultimate. He grunted rhythmically against Yoongi’s lips as he came, spilling his release deep inside.

They parted as Jimin’s muscles released, allowing him to drag in a much-needed breath. Yoongi looked up at him, his eyes heavy. “Wow,” he whispered.

Jimin laughed tiredly. He carefully pulled out of Yoongi and flopped next to him on the bed, wiping sweat from his brow. “Wow,” he copied.

Yoongi sat up, groaning and touching his lower stomach. “’M sore.”

“Sorry,” Jimin mumbled, an arm slung over his eyes.

He peeked out from under his arm when he felt the bed shift. Yoongi was sitting on the edge of it, carefully pulling the heels off his feet. He rose and stretched before padding to the bathroom.

Jimin rose, following after him. He leaned in the entrance of the bathroom, watching Yoongi carefully clean the mess from his face with a damp washcloth. Jimin entered and took it from him, placing a kiss on his cheek He set to cleaning Yoongi’s ears, and then dropped down to clean the streak of his come that had worked its way down his thigh.

“You were beautiful tonight,” Jimin whispered.

“I’m glad you liked it.”

Jimin rose and carefully slid the skirt down, sliding his hands over the lace on Yoongi’s hips. “I really did. Did you have fun?”

Yoongi smiled softly, looking down rather than meeting Jimin’s gaze in the mirror. “I did.”

“Are you feeling shy now, baby?” Jimin teased with no venom. Yoongi’s cheeks pinked up and Jimin laughed. “Don’t be, I’ve got you. Do you want a shower?”

Yoongi nodded. Jimin went and turned on the water to let it get hot before going back to Yoongi. He carefully reached around and unbuttoned the top, pulling it off Yoongi’s shoulders. He kissed over the soft skin and slid his hands over Yoongi’s toned stomach before sliding them down. He unhooked the garter straps, crouching to slide the stockings down and off Yoongi’s legs. Finally, the panties, he slid them off slow and steady, wetting his lips.

“You should wear these more often, Yoongi,” he whispered.

“Is that so?” Yoongi’s tail flicked, swatting Jimin in the hip. “Maybe you should wear them sometimes.”

Jimin grinned broadly. “Oh yeah? Wanna fuck me in a pair of panties? Bend me over a bed?”

Yoongi’s eyes fluttered shut.

“Don’t tease me,” he warned.

Jimin scratched at the base of his tail, laughing brightly when Yoongi’s ass slid back, instinctively rising onto his toes. He ran his hand down his tail, flicking the tip. “I’ll stop teasing,” he promised. “Come on, water’s warm.”

The two entered the shower, and Jimin set to washing Yoongi head to toe, massaging his back and thighs as he did. Yoongi groaned and moaned softly, half of his happy noises sounding more like purrs. After Jimin finished, Yoongi grabbed the cloth, taking his time to clean Jimin as well.

By the time they’d finished, the water had begun running a little cold. The hurried to dry off and leap under the covers, shivering from the cool air on their bodies. They cuddled together, sharing gentle kisses and touches.

“I really thought you hated me,” Jimin whispered, wrapped in the cocoon of Yoongi’s arms. “I was so scared I’d done something wrong. I can be such a brat and I was afraid I misspoke or acted up and didn’t even realize it.”

“Never,” Yoongi said, tightening his grip on Jimin’s shoulders. “Even if you did, I wouldn’t ever just walk off. You’re my boyfriend. We talk things through. Even if it hurts and we don’t want to, we need to. Because I don’t want to lose what we have, okay?”

Jimin nodded, wrapping his arms tightly around Yoongi’s middle. “Me neither.”

“I’m sorry I scared you,” Yoongi said, kissing the top of Jimin’s head. “I will be more careful next time if I wanna surprise you. Come up with a story instead of just disappearing on you.”

Jimin nodded again. “Please do. I’ll try to keep in mind but…”

“I know.” Yoongi wrapped his tail lightly over Jimin’s thigh and nuzzled against him, a soft purring rumble vibrating against Jimin’s cheek where it was pressed to Yoongi’s chest. “Get some sleep, Minie.”

“G’night Yoongi,” Jimin whispered. “It was fun.”

“It really was.” Yoongi kissed the top of his head once more and rested his head on Jimin’s. The gentle rumble of his purrs was soothing to Jimin, relaxing him until he could no longer keep his eyes open. They may have an unorthodox relationship, but Jimin wouldn’t trade his kitty boy for the entire world.

#yoonmin #thebtswritersclub #bangtanxm #hybrid bts #hybrid yoongi #smut #mywriting #requests

25 notes · View notes

starryskywrites · 4 years ago

Text

The Skirt (Midoriya x TransMale!Bakugou!Reader)

(A/N): In this AU, the reader was adopted when he was younger by the Bakugous, and had a foreign name, so he uses his first name instead of the Bakugou surname so it’s easier for everyone when he and Bakugou are in the same class. Reader and Midoriya are childhood friends that crushed on each other and got together.

Key:

(Y/N): Your Name

(H/C): Hair Colour

Summary: The girls of Class 1-A want their revenge from having to wear those uniforms during the Sports Festival. Guess it’s the guy’s turn to wear one!

TW: dysphoria, transphobic language

Happy Reading! --Drew

Kirishima sighs and leans back in his seat. “Never a dull moment in this class, am I right?” Bakugou and Midoriya were once again fighting and took it a little far during hero training, so Aizawa took them to chew them out while the rest of the class is supposed to be working on homework.

“Nope!” Mina agrees cheerfully. “Especially with those two around!”

Kaminari reaches above his head and stretches. “Man, those two saved us! Now we’ve got basically a free period!”

Iida appears behind the blond with his signature hand-chopping. “Aizawa-Sensei said that we should be using this time to work on material for another class, and it would be disrespectful to misuse the time!”

“Aw c’mon man! Just chill out!”

As Kaminari and Iida start to go back and forth, Mina puts a finger to her chin in thought. “A free period, huh?” Suddenly, an evil glint appears in her eyes and she swiftly gathers all the girls in one corner of the classroom and starts whispering furiously. The other girls’ eyes light up and they start to smile. A mischievous aura starts to emanate from their corner, causing some of the other students to take notice.

“I-is everything alright over there?” Asks Ojiro, subtly scooting back.

Mina grins and nods as Momo and Uraraka head towards the door to the class and block it off, just in case. “Yeah, we just had a little idea of what to do with this free time~”

All the guys shudder at the sweetly-fake tone of her voice.

“Remember how at the Sports Festival, all of us girls had to wear those cheerleading outfits? Well guess who’s turn it is?”

“You-you’re not implying that-” Sero stutters.

“That you’re all going to have to wear them too? Yep!”

Mineta makes a big x with his arms. “No way! I’m no cross-dresser!”

“Aw come on, it’s only fair,” Hagakure pouts. “Isn’t it Iida? We had to wear them, so now the guys have to?”

Iida flushes at being put on the spot like that. On one hand, she does have a point, but on the other, his male classmates seem thoroughly against the idea.

“Don’t let them trick you, Iida!”

“Don’t fall for it!”

“It’s not fair at all!”

The boys are in an uproar, and Iida has to find a way to defuse the situation fast. “How about a compromise?” He proposes, trying to appease both sides.

“A compromise?” asks Jirou.

“Yes, you are determined to get the guys to wear the uniforms, but the guys are heavily against the idea. Is there some middle ground we can find?”

Mina hums in thought. “I mean, I only really need to see one guy wearing it, really.” The other girls agree.

“Yeah, if one of you guys wear it, that’s fine!” Uraraka chimes in.

“Very well! We shall have one of us wear the uniform!” Iida announces.

“Nose goes!” yells Kaminari, his finger flying towards his nose. All the other boys rush to do the same, even a very confused Todoroki. The only one who didn’t manage to do it was…

“Hey, (Y/N)!”

The (H/C) looks up from the book he was absorbed in. “Hm?” He quickly notices how everyone else has their fingers on their noses and pales. “Aw come on, guys! I wasn’t paying attention! That’s not fair!”

“Ah ah ah, the rules are the rules! You didn’t put your finger on your nose in time!” Kaminari wags a finger in (Y/N)’s direction.

(Y/N) sighs and shuts his book. “Alright, fine. What stupid thing did we agree to now?”

Mina clutches his arm excitedly. “We’re gonna dress you up in a cheerleading outfit and make you look like a girl!”

(Y/N) pales. “You’re what?!?!”

“You guys made us wear them at the Sports Festival, so now it’s your turn!”

“But I don’t- guys help me out here, please-”

He looks towards the boys but are met with solemn faces.

“Sorry (Y/N), it’s either you or all of us.” Mineta states.

“Thanks for taking one for the team bro!” Kirishima gives him a thumbs-up.

“Yeah, because of you, we don’t all have to do it!”

“But I really don’t want to-” he tries again, only to be shut down once more.

“You didn’t win nose-goes, so you’ve gotta do it!”

(Y/N) looks insanely uncomfortable as the boys cheer for him and the girls usher him out of the room to dress him up, but he weakens as they convince him that it's only fair and that because he's doing it, the other boys don't have to.

He takes the uniform from Momo and steals Jirou's makeup kit before sending them back to the classroom, surprising the girls but they let him be. They idly chatter as they wait for the (H/C) to come back to the classroom.

"Do you think he actually knows how to use makeup?" Asks Hagakure. "I mean, he is still a guy."

"Maybe he'll surprise us," Momo replies. "After all, makeup is genderless!"

They continue talking, trying to speculate what he could possible look like, but nothing prepares them for the actual thing. The door to the classroom opens softly, and if you didn't know any better, you'd think it was a girl standing there. His (H/L) hair, normally kept up and out of his face, has been let down and styled slightly to frame his face. His face has a light dusting of blush and highlight that makes his cheekbones shine, along with natural-looking lips and killer eyeliner with a shimmer or orange across his eyelids. The crop top and skirt work together to reveal a harsh hourglass figure, his waist dipping in while his hips come out, and there’s a surprising amount of cleavage that he sports. The skirt reveals long, shapely legs, looking powerful but feminine. He shifts uncomfortably as the class stares in shock.

“Woah, (Y/N)! You clean up nicely!” Mina shouts, excited.

“You look like an actual girl!” Hagakure claps.

“Maybe we should just make you one of the girls!”

(Y/N) flinches at that, but no one takes any notice. The guys start to comment as well.

“Wow, (Y/N), I didn’t know you knew how to use makeup! That’s really manly, bro!”

“If you were a girl, I’d totally date you!”’

“You actually look really good-”

No one notices (Y/N)’s increasing discomfort, or how he’s starting to look slightly upset. Even as Mineta stalks forward, they talk amongst themselves at how cute and girly he looks.

“You know, those are quite a pair of boobies you’ve got there, (Y/N). Be a pal and let me squeeze them?” He’s got an absolutely perverted look on his face, and (Y/N) crosses his arms over his chest protectively.

“Absolutely not!”

“Why not, man? It’s not like you’re gonna feel it; they’re fake, right?”

(Y/N) flushes and tightens his arms.

“No way! You actually have boobs? What are you, a cross-dresser? I always knew there was something off about you!”

“Shut up!”

Everyone stills as the normally mild-tempered male snaps.

“I’m not a girl! I’m a boy, and I hate every bit of this! So what if I was born this way? It’s not who I am! And I don’t want to hear any of you saying this shit! So just shut up!”

He’s panting hard at the outburst, and everyone’s shocked. None of them notice how the door opens, revealing Bakugou and Midoriya, finally back from getting yelled at by Mr. Aizawa.

“Oi, extras, what the hell is going on in here-”

“Damn, she’s just like her brother.” Mineta shakes his head. “Damn shame, she was so hot too.”

(Y/N) recoils like he’d been slapped, and the class for the first time can see the tears in his eyes. His eyes fight to narrow in anger, because dammit that hurt, he thought that he could trust this class.

“Fuck all of you,” he spits and turns heel and flees. He runs past his brother and his boyfriend standing in the door, not paying them any attention through the tears starting to fall down his face.

No one makes a move. Finally one of the boys in the door speaks up, but it’s not who they were expecting.

“What the fuck.” Midoriya curses, and the entire class startles. Midoriya isn’t one to curse, so for the cinnamon roll to suddenly drop an f-bomb is almost unheard of. “What the hell happened.”

“We- we were dressing up a guy in the cheerleading outfit as revenge from the Sports Festival, and (Y/N) got picked-” Mina stammers in an effort to explain.

“Who knew she was such a hottie,” Mineta drools. “Shame on you Midoriya for hiding her sweet body from us, always pretending she’s a boy.”

The door frame cracks from where Midoriya’s clutching it, his quirk subconsciously activating. “That’s because he is a boy, Mineta.”

“But she’s got boobs and such a hot figure! I bet she’s even got a hot-”

“Shut the hell up you grape!”

Bakugou looks absolutely murderous over hearing his brother referred to in that way. “He’s more of a fucking man than you’ll ever be!”

“At least I have a dick!”

Bakugou stalks towards Mineta, explosions crackling in his palms.

“You want to repeat that again, you dumb grape bastard?”

Mineta finally realizes who he’s talking to and how he’s talking, and starts to backpedal furiously.

“Deku.” Bakugou growls. “Go take care of my dumb brother. He’s probably crying over the shit these extras pulled. I’ll make sure they know how much they fucked up.”

The class shudders as Midoriya nods and runs down the hallway in the direction (Y/N) had fled. He leaves behind him the sounds of explosions and the screams of one short male.

Midoriya heads towards the stairwell, going to the ground layer as he knows that’s where (Y/N) likes to go when he’s upset and will likely be there already. Sure enough, the (H/C) is tucked into the shadows and has his knees pulled into his chest, muffling his cries. Midoriya doesn’t say anything at first, instead just sitting down next to him and rubbing a hand along his back, until (Y/N)’s posture begins to relax and his cries slow. His legs straighten out and he slumps into Midoriya, completely spent.

“Hey there, babe. How’re you feeling?”

(Y/N) just shakes his head where he’s buried it against Midoriya’s arm.

“That’s understandable. Think you could look at me, babe?”

He sniffs again, and slowly looks up at Midoriya. His makeup has been ruined and his eyeliner is smeared around from him crying, but Midoriya doesn’t seem to care.

“There’s my handsome boy.” He takes a tissue out of his pocket and gently wipes away the mess on his face, until (Y/N)’s face is once again clear and clean. Once that’s done, he pulls the other boy into his arms and holds him, a hand coming up to stroke his hair.

“Want to talk about it?”

“You know how the girls wore those cheerleading uniforms at the Sports Festival?” (Y/N) begins quietly after a moment. “They wanted to see the guys in one too. People started to fight over it, and eventually Iida made them reach a compromise. Only one guy had to wear it and I was picked, I guess. They just weren’t expecting me to look like an actual girl, I guess.” He chuckles darkly. “I tried to get out of it, but the girls were so excited and the guys seemed so relieved that it wasn’t them, and I guess I was the best suited for it since I’m-”

His voice cracks and he stumbles over the next part.

“Since I was born as a girl.”

His eyes fill with tears again and he buries his face into Midoriya’s chest.

“What’s wrong with me, Zuku? Why couldn’t I have just been normal?”

“Hey. None of that.” The greenette forces the (H/C) to look up at him. “You’re perfectly normal. They were in the wrong. You obviously didn’t want to do it, and the way Mineta talked to you was not okay.”

The (H/C)’s face crumples at the mention of the short male. “Oh god, Mineta. He thinks- he thinks I’m a girl pretending to be a boy-”

“Which isn’t true and I’m sure Kacchan’s already ripping him and the rest of the class a new one.”

(Y/N) doesn’t say anything, just melts into Midoriya a little more.

“You want to stay here on the floor for a while longer or go back to the dorms so you can get changed and we can cuddle?”

“Second option please.”

“Will do!”

He stands, pulling (Y/N) into his arms and then picking him up in a bridal-carry. Said boy blushes all the way back to the dorms, until Midoriya puts him down on the bed and grabs a set of well-loved oversized All Might pajamas from the closet.

“Here, you can change into these.” He turns his back and looks away while (Y/N) changes, until there’s a tug on his shirt from behind. His boyfriend’s practically drowning in the clothes, but he looks much more comfortable than before. Instantly Midoriya is pulling him to the bed, and they lay down together without a word. The greenette keeps the other cradled to his chest, content with the silence.

“Thank you…” manages (Y/N) after a few minutes. “For all that.”

“Of course!” Midoriya starts stroking a hand through (H/C) locks. “You’re my boyfriend, first of all, and a boy second, and shouldn’t have been forced to do that third. I bet Kacchan’s already taken care of it, but we’re going to make sure the class knows what happened and why that wasn’t okay. Especially Mineta. I love you just the way you are. And nothing can change that.”

(Y/N) tears up again, hiding his face in the other male’s chest. “I love you.”

“I love you too, (Y/N). Now rest. I’ve got you.”

#bnha x reader #x trans reader #deku x reader #midoriya x reader #trans reader #trans male reader #bakugou!reader #trans!reader #angst with comfort #bakugou katsuki #midoriya izuku #my hero academia #mha #bnha #boku no hero academia #drews dreams

108 notes · View notes

getbacktoworknovice · 4 years ago

Text

📕 Thank You Pt. 3 - Malik x Reader (AU)

[Part 3 of the Thank You series as requested by anon~! I’m really glad to see this old story get some new life to it and I really had fun writing this part so I hope you enjoy it~! It might just be a five parter after all~]

“How long have you been my assistant?”

The question came, unprompted, from Malik as he sat behind his desk. He’d been zoned out for a little bit, ever since you’d come in to water his plants. You looked at him curiously before thinking back on it.

“Nearly four years?” You guessed, going to the small plant on his desk to sprits it gently with your spray bottle of water. “Why do you ask?” You said curiously, looking at him but he looked away, almost shyly.

“No reason, I was just thinking, that’s all.” He said and you smiled softly, shaking your head. Malik had been acting like this for months now and you had no idea why. You went back to your daily tasks, straightening up and getting out a suit for him for later that night as he has an event to go to.

He usually stayed in his office but lately, he had almost seemed to be following you as you worked, reading in the living room or doing paperwork at the dining room table like he was keeping an eye on you. Why? You had no idea. Was it kind of cute? Yes, it was.

Because he never made you feel uncomfortable, in fact, it was more like he was looking for chances to help you. It was sweet and you assured him it was your job to care for him and he always blushed and mumbled to himself, leaving you to do as you should but always keeping an eye on you.

You finished your work early and bid him good night but he hesitated at the door, opening it up for you. “Um, y/n,” He asked as you took a step outside. “I know it's very last minute but, would you like to come with me to the charity event tonight?” He asked.

You blinked at him curiously. You? Among all those fancy people? You were tempted to say no, after all, those people could be very snooty and rude but Malik looked like he really wanted you to say yes so you chuckled a little to yourself and nodded.

“I’d like that,” You said and he looked relieved at your answer, nodding and assuring you he would have you picked up in a few hours. “Perfect, I’ll see you then.” You smiled and made your way home, wondering what on earth you were supposed to wear. You had a few dresses and skirts and things of the like, but would they be fancy enough for such an event? You made your way to your closet once you got home and looked it over, thinking about the suit you picked out for him earlier that day. It was blue with white accents. You had a blue dress, so you hunted for some white accessories, finding some earrings and a necklace that matched and putting it together on your bed, deciding that it would be good enough and went to take a shower.

You had just finished getting ready when the driver knocked on your door. You thanked him for driving you and settled in the backseat, having to admit to yourself that it was nice to actually feel like you were being pampered for once. Especially since you didn't really get days off. Even though you had worked this felt like a nice treat for you.

Maybe it wouldn't be so bad.

You arrived at a convention center, many people in elaborate outfits already there, arriving and pairing off. It took you a moment to find Malik, he was talking to Altair, and you made your way over to him. Altair noticed you over Malik’s shoulder and said something you didn't hear, nodding towards you.

Malik looked and then looked again, double-taking at your appearance with a slight blush on his cheeks. Altair pretended to be called by someone and excused himself but Malik didn't hear him. He was too busy staring at you. You blushed a little under his gaze and shifted, pulling on your hair a bit nervously.

“D-do I...look okay?” You asked and he seemed to snap back to reality, coughing into his hand and nodding, the fact that you matched not going unnoticed by him.

“You look lovely, as you do every day.” He said and offered his arm to you to lead you inside. You had been so nervous being here amongst this caliber of people but when you took his arm everything just seemed to melt away and you felt peaceful. You knew it was his presence that did it, but how would he feel if you told him that?

Honestly, you’d wanted to tell him for a long time...but it was hard.

You didn't know why.

The party itself wasn't so bad because you stayed with Malik the entire time. The two of you ate and drank and even shared a few jokes that actually made him laugh. It was contagious and you couldn't help but smile, seeing him seem so relaxed and you had to wonder if you had caused it?

Or maybe you’d just never really seen him outside of work...but then again you worked in his home which is where you were supposed to feel relaxed but honestly, this was different. It was nice. He really needed a break it seemed and tonight felt like it was going pretty well. Towards the end of the evening, there was dancing, and when it was announced you could feel Malik tense up.

“You don’t have to dance Malik,” You assured him. But that wasn't the problem. The problem was, he wanted to dance with you but he wasn't sure he should. He didn't want to embarrass you…

But he really wanted to dance with you.

He offered his hand and you took it, without hesitation which only made him more sure of his decision. You didn't see him as everyone else did. You saw him as more. But should you tell him that? Would it offend him? What if he didn't feel the same? Those thoughts were starting to intrude more than you usually let them and it was getting distracting.

“Um, just so you know,” You said as the dancing started. “I don't really know how to do this.” You said, looking up at him but he only smiled and leaned down towards you.

“Neither do I.” He assured you and you both laughed, you pressing your face to his shoulder to stifle it as people were looking. “I suppose we’ll have to wing it.” He teased and held you close to him, the two of you working in a slow circle, just sort of rocking back and forth. It wasn't anything too laughable but it was comfortable and you closed your eyes, resting there against his shoulder as he slowly spun you around.

His arm wound around you tighter and tighter, his chin resting against your head as the song came to an end. You expected him to pull away but he didn't, instead, he looked down at you, getting your attention and you could see there was definitely a blush on his cheeks.

“Y/n…” He said, and you tilted your head at him.

“Whats wrong?” You asked and he shook his head.

“Nothing I just...I...I think I…” he stuttered, unsure but you gently put a hand to his cheek and ran your thumb across it. It was your way of assuring him it was okay. He gently took your hand and squeezed it before looking you in the eyes. “I love you.” He said, unafraid and completely honest. You let out a sigh of relief before giving him a soft but happy smile.

“Oh good, because I love you too.”

#malik al sayf #malik x reader #assassins creed #assassins creed x reader

26 notes · View notes

solarune · 5 years ago

Text

netflix and chill

(4) citrus: netflix and chill | series masterlist | prev - next

pairing: kim namjoon x reader genre: fluff, college au warnings: thunderstorm, joon and oc being too cute to handle, joon actually knows how to cook :o (this is what his apron looks like if anyone is curious), pov switch at the end word count: 1,532 summary: namjoon refuses to let you walk home when it’s thunderstorming so he suggests you stay the night at his apartment a/n: citrus is finally back!! apologies for the long hiatus, school kept me busy and i had a lot of other story ideas that i wanted to get out. i’ve missed citrus!joon and oc so much and i can’t wait to continue writing for them :’) hope y’all enjoy!!

“So what are you in the mood for tonight?”

You drag your eyes away from the article that you’re reading for your developmental psychology class in favor of looking over at Namjoon. He’s standing in the kitchen with a knife in hand and an apron that says “penne for your thoughts?” written on it and you can’t help but feel a bit warm inside at how domestic this feels. After many Friday nights spent at your apartment, the two of you agreed to alternate between yours and his place, with Chinese food being delivered to your place while Namjoon took it upon himself to cook for the both of you at his. And tonight, you’re at his apartment.

“What about that shrimp scampi recipe you were telling me about the other day? Do you have all of the ingredients that you need for it?” you suggest, face immediately lighting up when he confirms that he does in fact have everything he needs.

While Namjoon cooks, you continue to do your work, the both of you occasionally getting distracted by whatever random movie you chose to watch (right now, it’s Ocean’s Eight because “Joon, it has Rihanna in it, how could you not have seen it?”). It’s been a long day for both of you, with Namjoon having two exams and you having a presentation and five different meetings to attend. But while he was able to get his work done earlier in the day, you unfortunately still had research, resulting in you still doing work on a Friday night. The next time you look up, Namjoon is holding out a plate of pasta for you, the steam from his own plate causing his glasses to fog up slightly and you laugh while you take the food from him gratefully.

“Can you stop looking at your laptop already?” he asks exasperatedly, lifting a foot to close it when he doesn’t see you immediately reach forward to do it yourself. “You’ve been doing work the entire time you’ve been here! My apartment isn’t some glorified study lounge you know, I actually want to hang out with you like we’re supposed to.”

You sigh through a mouthful of pasta, the badassery of the women in Ocean’s Eight not enough to keep your mind off of all of the stress that you’ve been feeling lately. “I just feel like I’ve been falling behind recently so I’m trying to catch up. Plus I have like three exams in two weeks so not only do I need to catch up, but I need to get ahead so I can study without having to worry about everything else!”

Namjoon nudges your shoulder gently, the glasses on his face a bit askew as he smiles at you comfortingly. “You’ve done more than enough today, just relax, yeah? You’re not even gonna be able to catch up if you end up burning yourself out. Take it one day at a time, remember?”

You stare at your laptop longingly, thinking about all of the work that you’ll have to do in the next week, but you also know that your friend is right. You do deserve a break, if just for tonight; so you let Namjoon slide the device into its case and close up your backpack with a satisfied grin that he tries to hide behind his pasta. The two of you joke around and commentate during the entirety of your movie marathon but you know that you’ve chosen well when he’s actually quiet for an entire half hour during the Kingsman movies. Just as you’re getting ready to go home though, and while Namjoon is washing the dishes from the night, a clap of thunder makes you jump and the following sound of a downpour makes you groan in annoyance. Trudging over to the window, you groan even louder when you see just how hard it’s raining and the various lightning strikes that light up the night sky.

“I’d offer to take you home but I let Jin borrow my car to go see one of his various booty calls,” the astronomy major says from behind you, and when you turn around to look at him, you see that he’s also staring out the window. “You can just stay here though, I don’t think it’s a good idea for you to walk home in this storm.”

“Are you sure?” you ask worriedly, looking down at your outfit that consisted of jeans and a tighter-fitting t-shirt—comfortable during the day but not exactly something that you wanted to sleep in. “I don’t have any clothes or anything.”

Namjoon nods frantically, slowly going towards his room as he replies, “I can give you some clothes to wear. And I know I have an extra toothbrush somewhere.” He leaves before you even have the chance to reply, returning with his ‘you’re otter this world’ shirt, a pair of basketball shorts, and a new toothbrush. He holds them out to you with a smile and moves out of the way to let you go to the bathroom and change.

When you come back, you can feel Namjoon blatantly staring at you, and you nervously tug at the hem of the shirt while your cheeks warm. “It’s really soft,” you mumble as you take a seat on the couch next to him, your eyes flicking up to the TV screen to find that he had chosen another movie. “You seriously picked a DC movie to watch? You’re really going to make me sit through this?” you ask him incredulously, returning his stare as you point at the TV. This has to be some kind of joke.

Namjoon isn’t exactly sure during what part of the movie he fell asleep but when he wakes up, he sees the credits rolling and you asleep beside him. There’s a loose strand of hair in front of your face and he has to resist the urge to fix it for you, getting up to turn off the TV instead. He clears away the bowls that the two of you used for ice cream, leaving them in the sink to be washed in the morning, and then makes his way over to you. He smiles down at your sleeping figure and gently places a hand on your shoulder to shake you awake while he calls out your name softly.

He can’t help but laugh when you wake up, confusion evident in your eyes as you first look at him and then at your surroundings. You tend to be confused whenever someone wakes you up (he’s done it a handful of times and has witnessed the after effects of Soonyoung doing it many times) and he finds it both amusing and endearing every single time. “We fell asleep,” he explains to you, and he wraps his hand around your wrist to pull you up. “Come on, you can sleep in my bed.”

“Don’ wanna get up,” you mumble, and he lets out a sigh when your head falls back to your shoulder to continue sleeping. You haven’t been getting enough sleep lately due to how stressed you’ve been so Namjoon can’t blame you for how tired you are.

With another sigh, Namjoon picks you up bridal style with a grunt and heads towards his room, shaking his head at the fact that you don’t even question what he’s doing. “You’re not even the least bit concerned as to where I’m taking you?” he teases you, his heart rate speeding up when you nuzzle your face into his chest and he prays that you don’t hear or feel it. “I could be throwing you out the window right now for all you know.”

He chuckles as you shrug and mumble something incoherently, pulling the blanket on his bed back and putting you down before covering you with it. He turns the light off and is just about to walk out of the room when he feels your hand wrap around his wrist.

“Where’re you going?” you ask him, sleep-heavy eyes looking up at him in the darkness.

“I’m gonna sleep on the couch,” Namjoon replies, pointing out towards the living room.

“No, this is your bed, you should sleep here,” you shake your head, tugging on his arm to get him closer to the bed. “I’m not getting up so you’re just gonna have to live with the fact that we’re sharing a bed but it’s only for one night.”

Namjoon hesitates, eyes going back and forth between you and the door. Would it be weird if he said yes? Your words imply that it wouldn’t be but he knows that he’ll probably be one step closer to falling in love with you at this point if he woke up beside you tomorrow morning.

“Kim Namjoon, I’m not going to ask you again,” you demand while your eyes slowly start to close, tugging at his arm once again. “Get in the damn bed and go to sleep.”

So Namjoon gets into bed beside you and whispers a ‘goodnight’ to you, not even mad at the fact that you’re on his side of the bed. He’ll take this moment, if only for one night.

#btsguild #ficswithluv #namjoon scenario #namjoon drabble #bts fic #bts x reader #namjoon x reader #bts fluff #bts au #namjoon au #kim namjoon au #kim namjoon drabble #namjoon imagine #bts drabble #bts imagine #kpop imagine #kpop drabble #kim namjoon scenario

49 notes · View notes

haveanotherkpopblog · 5 years ago

Text

Exquisite Horror

Part One of the Wild, Wild West

Pairing: Matador!Lee Hyukjae x Best Friend!You

Genre: Angst, Comedy, Fluff, Old West!AU

Word Count: 7k

Warnings: Animal Cruelty/Murder, Unwanted Sexual Advances

A/N: Everything about bullfighting is provided by my Spanish class and the movie “The Book of Life”. I also know when Sabor A Mi came out, but I like it too much to care, so if it really, really bothers you, skip over it. :)

The sun beat down against the dusty field of a small town in Mexico. In the middle of the town was a giant arena. Inside the arena sat hundreds of Mexican citizens--gathered to watch the only past time they had in 1832: bullfighting. Men drank and cheered as the matador angered and tested the bull. Women fanned themselves as the sun caused sweat to drip down their foreheads. They watched in growing anticipation for the brave matador. Children ran through the stands, giggling and waiting for the event to be over.

In the middle of the arena stood Eunhyuk el Matador Incredible, one of the country’s up and coming matadors. Already his fanbase was huge, men and women alike cheered for him as he easily dodged the charging bull. He waved the muleta around, doing a dance where one wrong move could cost him his life. He didn’t worry though, he thrived on the adrenaline. His heart was pumping in time to the chants of his name. He smirked, doing a quick turn to wave at his adoring fans.

On the opposite of the arena stood the bull. Multiple banderillas were already lodged in the bull. All he had to do was successfully stick his sword between the bull’s shoulder blades. Taking a deep breath, sweat trickling down his forehead, he called the bull forth towards him. The bull, weak and angry, made one final charge.

Exhaling slowly, he lifted his sword before plunging it into the bull. The bull let out a loud groan before collapsing onto the dust covered ground of the arena. The arena fell silent.

Then Eunhyuk el Matador Incredible turned around, throwing his arms in the air. The arena erupted with cheers. Roses were thrown by young women, hoping to catch his eye. He picked one up, blowing kisses to his adoring fans. He waved and grinned as he exited the main arena. Once he was away from the eyes of the spectators, he let out a long breath. He took his sleeve and wiped away the sweat from the sun and the adrenaline of the fight.

“That was quite a show you put on.” To his left was his best friend of many years: Y/N. She was leaning against the wall opposite of him, her face half hidden behind her fan. She was a young, beautiful woman. She wore a dress the same color of his brightly colored costume. Her hair is braided with flowers woven into it. She was a real beauty to behold, but to him, she was simply Y/N.

“You were watching?” he asked, although he knew she was. She had been by his side throughout his entire career, attending every bullfight and keeping a close eye on him for his dear mother. With her, he wasn’t Eunhyuk el Matador Incredible. With her, he was Lee Hyukjae, a silly fool who was a literal ray of sunshine in her life.

“Don’t I always?” she said, standing up. He smiled, not the smirk he gave his fans to woo them, but a smile he saved just for her.

Before more could be said, his manager appeared from one of the arena rooms. He was a short, burly man with absolutely no regard for Hyukjae’s health and wellbeing. Y/N didn’t care much for him, especially with his unwanted, much dreaded and disgusting advances. She fanned herself, hiding her disgust behind her fan.

“Eunhyuk! Tu fuiste fantastico! You were perfecto! This is only the start! Soon you’ll be traveling to España! Selling out arenas of thousands!” his manager said. Y/N could see the peso signs in his eyes. It disgusted her, but the look of unbridled joy on Hyukjae’s face forced her to bite her tongue.

“Do you really think so, Julio?” he asked. He stared at his manager with wide eyes. Y/N couldn’t bring herself to crush his dreams.

“Yes, Mijo. You’re a star!” he said. He patted Hyukjae on the back. “Get changed. There’s a big party to celebrate your big success. Don’t worry, drinks are all on you tonight.” He laughed, leaning back as if he told the most hilarious joke. Hyukjae chuckled while Y/N rolled her eyes.

“Aren’t they always?” Y/N chuckled at Hyukjae’s comment, drawing Julio’s attention to her.

“You should come too, Señorita. It could do you some good. You may even find yourself a nice man, no?” Julio checked Y/N out, his intent clear in his dark eyes.

“I’ll go,” she said, willing herself to remain calm. “I’ll go to support Hyukjae. Just as I always have.” She knew Julio wasn’t listening, but she wanted Hyukjae to know that someone would be there to celebrate him.

“Sí, sí, perfecto. I’ll see you soon.” Julio left and Y/N let out a breath of relief. She ushered Hyukjae into one of the rooms before Julio could come back and bother them more.

“Can you believe the size of that crowd?” Hyukjae said, moving to rest on the couch. The cool leather felt amazing against his burning skin. Y/N set her fan down and grabbed a cloth to dip into the bucket of cold water she had prepared before the fight. She wrung the excess water out before taking a seat next to Hyukjae. Cold droplets of water ran down her wrist as she began to gently rub his forehead.

The cloth felt amazing against his skin. Hyukjae let out a content sigh, letting her cool him down. This was how it always went. He knew that he could always count on her to be there to take care of him. Ever since they were kids, she had taken care of him. Their parents used to coo over them, convinced they’d be married one day. But after decades of their friendship, and with his career starting to take off, settling down was the furthest thing from his mind.

“All there to cheer you on as you dance with La Muerte. Me worrying over you is going to be the death of me one of these days,” she said. He smiled. He turned to his side, wrapping his arms around her middle and nestling his face into her lap.

“Mmm, but I’ll always come back safe to you,” he said, his voice muffled by the skirt of her dress. She sighed, running a hand through his incredibly soft hair. How she wished that truly was the case.

“If only it was just to me,” she whispered. He didn’t hear her and proceeded to fall fast asleep.

She woke him up a bit later to get ready for the party. She stood before him, already dressed with her hands on her hips. Her skirt was red with white flowers embroidered along the bottom. Her bodice was white with sleeves that exposed her shoulders. Her shawl was red with the same while flowers embroidered on it. Her hair was pulled back into a bun with red and white flowers artfully placed in it.

“How long was I asleep?” he asked, rubbing the sleep from his eyes.

“Two hours,” she replied. He let out a low whistle, taking in the amount of concentrated effort she put into her outfit. “Yeah, yeah, yeah, now get up. Unless you want Julio coming in and getting you dressed.” He made a disgusted face, making her giggle. She gestured to the suit she laid out before stepping out of the room to give him privacy. She held her hand to her chest, her cheeks burning. She bit her lip, bringing her hands to her cheeks in a futile attempt to cool them down.

Inside the room, Hyukjae was putting on his suit, thinking how cute it was that his suit complimented Y/N’s. White slacks paired with a red buttoned shirt. Along the seam of the slacks were red flowers that matched the ones on her skirt. She was always doing cute stuff like that and he loved their matching best friends outfits. He stepped out once he was finished getting ready, offering her his arm.

Surprise, surprise when they walked into the bar and everyone greeted them with a loud cheer. The bar had a musty smell to it and chipped tables and countertops. The stools were covered in leather that was cracked. Outside of the musty smell, it also was heavy in the scent of alcohol, making Y/N gag behind her fan.

Julio greeted them by stumbling from the bar, a glass of whiskey in his hand, its content sloshing all over the place. “Eunhyuk! El Matador! Incredible!” he shouted, stumbling in a zigzag line. Hyukjae embraced his manager, patting his back. “You. Are. Amazing! You are fantastico!” He pulled Hyukjae down to his level, singing a tune too old for either Y/N or Hyukjae to know. He pulled him away from Y/N, dragging him into the crowd of people. Y/N watched with a sad look on her face.

Hyukjae stood in the middle of the crowd, waving and smiling as everyone called his name. Glass after glass filled with top shelf whiskey was thrusted into his hand. The burning liquid traveled down his throat and set a fire in his stomach. Gorgeous women surrounded him, their breasts popping out of their corsets as they leaned in close to him, giggling and batting their eyelashes.

Y/N sat at the bar, sipping on a glass of water and keeping a sharp eye on Hyukjae. She watched in disgust and anguish as he flirted with the women who surrounded him, captivated by their voluptuous assets. She let out a sigh, staring into her clear glass and seeing a blurry reflection of herself.

“Why so blue, Señorita?” She had to physically restrain himself from rolling her eyes into the back of her head. “You should be having fun,” Julio said. He sat on the stool next to her, leaning in far too close for her comfort. His breath reeked of alcohol, making vomit rise to the back of her throat.

“Forgive me Señor, but this isn’t exactly my type of fun,” she said. She glanced back over to Hyukjae who was still preoccupied with the dozens of women that surrounded him. She bit her tongue, turning to face the bar.

“No. Of course not. You prefer… more private fun,” he slurred. He placed a hand on her knee, making her jump. “You know, I’m more fun in private too.”

From his seat, Hyukjae noticed the girls around giggling and not hanging onto his every word. “What’s so funny?” he asked, taking a sip from another whiskey that had been handed to him. “Pay attention to Oppa.” They pointed to the bar where Y/N was currently sitting. Julio was next to her, dangerously close. She seemed severely uncomfortable

“The poor thing. Imagine only attracting men when they’re drunk,” the girls laughed. He ignored the girls, keeping a narrowed gaze on them and watching as Julio placed his hand on Y/N’s knee. Standing up, the girls began to whine about where he was going. They grabbed onto his hand, desperate to keep him with them. He brushed them off, making a beeline for Y/N.

He moved into the small space between her stool and Julio’s. He knocked his manager’s hand off her knee, startling both her and Julio. He towered over her protectively, his body incredibly close to hers. She stared up at Hyukjae, thoroughly confused. He ran a hand through his hair, offering her a lopsided grin.

“Wanna get outta here?” he asked. Immediately she smiled, holding out her hand.

“I thought you’d never ask.” He grabbed her hand and pulled her out of the bar and away from a drunk Julio and quite a few peeved women. They ran through the town, laughing all the way. The roads were empty for the night. They didn’t stop until they were in a field far away from the noise of the town. Both of them collapsed onto the soft grass, giggling like a couple of children.

A cool breeze passed through the field. Y/N wrapped her shawl around her tighter, shivering slightly. Hyukjae scooted closer to her, pulling her into his side. They laid in complete silence, staring up at the twinkling stars.

“Tell me a story,” he whispered into her hair. She smelled like the flowers that had fallen out of her hair when they ran. She pointed to the stars above her.

“Do you see the three stars that form a sort of straight line?” she asked. He hummed, pulling her closer to him and snuggling against her.. He was always a cuddly drunk. “Well, that forms the belt of Orion. And the legend behind him starts with his birth.

“He was the son of the god Poseidon and Euryale, daughter of King Minos of Crete. Thanks to his father, Orion had the ability to walk on water, which is how he reached the island of Chios. There, after drinking too much, he made sexual advances to Merope, the daughter of the local king. King Oenopion had him blinded and removed from the island. Blind Orion reached the island of Lemnos, which was the place where god Hephaestus had his forge. Helped by Hephaestus and his servant Cedalion, Orion reached the East where the sun god Helios restored his eyesight.

“However, his lesson was not learned. He ended up falling in love with the fertility goddess Artemis. He challenged her archery skills and even attempted to rape her. For his crimes, she sent a scorpion to kill him. Successful in his feat, he was killed as well. Poseidon placed his son in the sky and Artemis placed the Scorpion on the other side as a reminder to humans to be wary of their arrogance and pride. As the hunter sets in the west, thus rises the scorpion from the east.”

From beside her, she could hear Hyukjae’s soft snores. Giggling softly, she threw her shawl over him as well, staring at the face she could slightly make out in the dark. Carefully she let her hand gently caress his face, outlining the features she saw often in her dreams. Letting out a sigh, she rested her head atop of his, feeling his soft breathing tickle her neck. She closed her eyes, savoring the soft, quiet moment.

The next morning, Hyukjae awoke in his inn room. He didn’t remember how he got there, or much of the night for that matter. The last thing he remembered was being surrounded by a bunch of people at the bar, then everything goes fuzzy. What wasn’t fuzzy was the pounding headache in his skull. He groaned, rubbing his throbbing temples. He noticed a tall glass of water next to his bed along with a note written in what he recognizes as Y/N’s handwriting.

“Good Morning Sunshine,

I hope you slept well. If I’m correct, which I usually am, you should be waking up just before noon. Lunch will be delivered to the room shortly. Eat quickly and come to the ring. You have to practice before your big night tomorrow! I’ll be in town if you need anything, or want to ditch practice. (Don’t. This is your dream. Even if it’s murder.)

Love,

Y/N”

Hyukjae didn’t bother trying to read the scratched out line. If it had been important, she would have rewritten it. And just as she predicted, outside the clock struck noon. There was a soft knock on his door and a young boy entered carrying a tray. He set the tray down and quickly left. Hyukjae couldn’t help but smile. She knew him so well.

He quickly ate his lunch before making his way to the arena. Julio was already there, nursing a hangover. He glanced up, eyes squinted as he stared at Hyukjae. Hyukjae nodded, staring around the arena. It was completely empty, save for him and Julio. He held onto his muleta, pretending the arena was full and there was an angry bull ready to end his life. He chuckled at that thought, Y/N was starting to rub off on him. He began practicing, trying different lunging styles and hypothetical moves he could use.

Time seemed to be suspended around him as he lost himself in his practice. The sun began to set, painting the sky in darker hues of orange and yellow. Perspiration trickled down his face as he continued to practice, perfecting the moves he’d done a thousand times and incorporating his new ones. Only when he stopped for a break did he realize Julio had left.

Y/N had replaced him. She had ditched the traditional dresses she usually wore, opting for loose trousers and a loose shirt. One of his, he noticed. It’s the same type of outfit she wore when they traveled around. Her hair was loose, the wind whipping strands around her face. The setting sun gave her a golden hue.

He smiled, jogging over to her.

“Hola, how was your day?” he asked. She handed him a glass of water, a playful smirk on her face.

“Oh you know, I spent most of it out in a field. Exploring, enjoying the fresh air, seeing the wild animals. I found a free range farm nearby,” she said. “Scared a family and was almost shot.” He shook his head as she grinned. He took a gulp of the water before dumping the rest onto his face and hair. He welcomed the cool water, letting out a satisfied sigh. He used his sleeve to dry his eyes before looking at Y/N with a pointed look.

She stared at him in awe. The water glistened off his skin and hair as he stared at her with concern. Her heart beat widely in her chest, pounding like thunder and causing heat to rise to her cheeks. She turned her head away, trying to steady herself.

He grabbed her chin gently, forcing her to look at him. Her eyes went wide as she stared at him. “You need to be careful,” he said. He gave her a smirk. “You can’t yell at me for almost dying then get yourself killed.” She swatted his hand away, sticking her tongue out.

“Yeah, well, I’m smarter than you,” she said. His jaw dropped. An evil grin took over his face. “I don’t like that look on your face.” She eyed him wearily.

“What look? I don’t have a look,” he responded, slowly moving closer. She watched him take three more steps before she started running. He chased after her, laughing hysterically. She ran around the ring with him chasing her. She used the moves he used during his fights to dodge him. Only, she forgot that he used those moves and knows all the tricks. It wasn’t long before he tackled her. They both fell to the ground, but Hyukjae made sure Y/N fell on him so he wouldn’t accidently crush her. He was laughing uncontrollably.

“You’re the absolute worst,” she groaned. He giggled, lifting his head to stare at her. Their faces were centimeters apart. She stared back at him, her eyes wide and unblinking. He stared back, confused as to why she was so quiet. He sat up further, moving her so their heads wouldn’t hit each other. She coughed awkwardly, tucking a stray strand of hair behind her ear.

“There’s supposed to be another party tonight,” she said, staring at the dirt.

“Jinjjah?” he said, not paying much attention to her weird behavior. She hummed. “What for?”

“To welcome the other Matadors for tomorrow.” He pursed his lips, looking up at the sky. It was now a pinkish/violet shade. “I don’t need to be looking at you to know you’re pouting.” Her comment made him pout harder. She glanced up at him, chuckling. “So, are you going to the party?” He shrugged.

“Probably. I can’t practice anymore today,” he told her. She nodded. “Are you going to go?” She shook her head.

“You know I don’t like parties,” she said. “Besides, I want to be well rested for your big fight tomorrow. So I’m trusting you not to get wasted. Please get back to the Inn at a decent time to get some sleep. If you don’t, an angry bull will be the least of your worries.” He scoffed, shaking his head. He looked over to her smiling. She smiled back, her head resting on her knees.

He walked her back to the Inn, biding her a goodnight before he changed for the party. His outfit was more relaxed than usual. He wasn’t going with Y/N, so there was no need for him to wear anything special, even more so since it was a casual event. He pulled on black slacks and a black button up. He grabbed a jacket and a headband to hold his hair back. Once his boots were laced up, he made his way to the party.

When he arrived, he found a crowd of people standing outside, shuffling around. They spotted him and began to yell hurtful, cruel, and hateful comments at him. They called him a murderer, a disgrace, scum of the Earth. He pushed past them as they continued to yell at him and insult his integrity. Once he was in the safety of the bar, he brushed himself off.

The party felt different, Hyukjae noticed. He couldn’t seem to place why it felt different though. Maybe it was because everything wasn’t loud and outrageous, or maybe it was because of those assholes outside, or maybe, just maybe, it was because Y/N was back at the Inn fast asleep.

Swallowing thickly, he made his way to the bar where multiple matadors he recognized were seated. Trying to keep his wit about him, he took a seat near them. They waved him over, greeting him cheerfully. They engaged in blissful conversation about bullfighting, and Hyukjae felt his previous tension melt away. They gave him a shot of tequila. He promised Y/N he wouldn’t over do it, but he couldn’t very well turn it down.

A pretty young girl shyly approached him at one point, confessing of being a big fan. He smirked, offering her hand a kiss and wishing her a goodnight. She left blushing and giggling. The other matadors laughed, patting his back and making obscene comments. Then another girl approached. Then another. Then another. At this point the other matadors had stopped congratulating. Instead, they glared at him as women clung onto his arm, some as bold as to whisper their secret wishes to him. He amused each and everyone of them with winks and promises of visiting them.

Once his little crowd diminished, he glanced at the other matadors, eager to continue their talk about bullfighting. They were staring at him in disgust, hate very much evident in their eyes. Uncomfortable, he looked around the bar.

That was when he spotted his manager talking with a young guy he’d never seen before. Curious, he made his way over there. He took a seat at a nearby table, his back to his manager. He kept an ear open to hear what they were talking about.

“Are you sure I can be as great as Eunhyuk?” the young guy asked. Hyukjae smirked, taking a sip of his tequila. The kid reminded him of, well, him. He remembered almost saying the exact same thing.

“That guy? He’s a good kid, but he’s cocky. You--you are perfecto. You’re humble. You’re adorable. Women will fall at your feet for a chance to even talk to you. I’m telling you Mijo, you’re gonna be bigger than what’s-his-name. That I can guarantee,” Julio said.

Hyukjae clutched his glass in his hand. Tears pricked his eyes as he glared at the table. He slammed his glass down onto the table, storming out of the bar. He angrily stormed past the protestors, shoving past them. He ignored their yelling, storming out of town as tears fell down his face despite his efforts not to cry. He wiped them away angrily, glaring as he walked somewhere. He didn’t know where he was going, he just knew that he needed to leave that stupid town behind him.

The crisp night air nipped at his skin and dried his salty tears as he wandered the open grasslands that laid just outside the town. Everything out here was so nice and peaceful. He let the wind cool him down as his pace began to slow. He looked up at the stars. He watched as they twinkled above him, and immediately he spotted a row of three. Orion. Killed by a scorpion because of his arrogance and pride. Hyukjae let out a bitter laugh. Arrogance, pride, everything he had. Maybe this was his scorpion. Maybe this was the universe telling him he was arrogant and cocky and everything was going bad because he was bad.

He hadn’t meant to be arrogant. He had only tried to be the best he could. Maybe he deserved this. He left his best friend in a town that was awful and full of crappy people, and now he didn’t know how to get back. He sat on the ground, burying his head in his hands. He wallowed in self-pity in the silent night.

“Tanto tiempo disfrutamos de este amor.

Nuestras almas se acercaron tanto así.

Que yo guardo tu sabor.

Pero tú llevas también.

Sabor a mí.”

He lifted his head up from his hands, looking around the field. He could have sworn he had heard someone singing. He listened closely to try hear where it was coming from.

“Si negaras mi presencia en tu vivir.

Bastaría con abrazarte y conversar.

Tanta vida yo te di.

Que por fuerza tienes ya.

Sabor a mí.”

He stood up, wiping his eyes. He began walking towards where he thought the voice was coming from. He didn’t know who he’d find, but maybe they could lead him back to town.

“No pretendo ser tu dueño.

No soy nada yo no tengo vanidad.

De mi vida doy lo bueno.

Soy tan pobre, qué otra cosa puedo dar.”

Up ahead he spotted a figure surrounded by what seemed to be bulls. The bulls were laying next to the singing voice, a woman he’s deduced. The woman was sitting there, singing to them. He slowed his pace, curious as to what she was doing.

“Pasarán más de mil años, muchos más.

Yo no sé si tenga amor la eternidad.

Pero allá, tal como aquí.

En la boca llevarás.

Sabor a mí.”

He stopped a few meters back, watching her curiously. She was petting the bulls, singing to them as they drifted off to sleep. Her voice was pretty and Hyukjae felt himself beginning to calm down as well.

“No pretendo ser tu dueño.

No soy nada yo no tengo vanidad.

De mi vida doy lo bueno.

Soy tan pobre, qué otra cosa puedo dar.

Pasarán más de mil años, muchos más.

Yo no sé si tenga amor la eternidad.

Pero allá, tal como aquí.

En la boca llevarás.

Sabor a mí.”

She stopped singing but continued to hum, gently stroking the bull’s head. Hyukjae stared at her amazed, how she managed to calm such dangerous creatures was truly amazing. He cleared his throat so as to not startle her, but it was she who startled him. For she wasn’t the stranger he had been expecting to meet.

She was Y/N. She turned to stare at Hyukjae. He was in absolute shock. His best friend, his number one supporter, was sitting alone in the middle of a field, surrounded by bulls--not just surrounded by them, but singing them songs?

“Y/N? What are you doing here?”

“I could ask you the same thing,” she said. She didn’t get up, instead, she continued to pet the bulls. One rested its head on her lap, staring up at her with big, dark eyes. She smiled, petting him gently and tenderly. “I thought you were at a party.”

“Yeah, well, the company wasn’t what I thought they’d be,” he said, a sharp edge to his tone. Y/N didn’t say anything. She patted a spot next to her and Hyukjae took a seat. She waited for him to explain at his own pace. He reached over to pet the bull resting in her lap. It let out a huff of breath, making him pull his hand back. She grabbed his hand back, guiding it along the bull’s head. The bull let out another huff, its eyes falling shut. “Julio is a jerk. He doesn’t care about me. All he cares about is how many pesos he can make off me.”

“When’d you figure that out?” she asked. She was agitated with that fool. She knew he’d mess up, she was just glad it hadn't cost Hyukjae his life like she had always feared.

“When he told some newbie kid that I was cocky and arrogant, and that he’d be bigger than me.” Y/N bit her tongue, willing herself not to go find him and cuss him out in every language she knew. “I don’t know why I’m so surprised. I’m such a babo.”

“Stop it.” Hyukjae turned to look at Y/N. She was staring directly at him. The look of distraught on his face broke her heart. “You’re not a babo. If anything, he’s the babo. You’re a smart, caring, passionate guy. You’re not cocky or arrogant. You’re confident, and why shouldn’t you be? You’re Eunhyuk el Matador Incredible. People travel from all over the country to see you.” He stared at her as she told him this. She was telling him he was amazin for killing bulls, as she sang to them.

“Why do you support me?” he asked. She looked at him surprised. Why would he ever ask such a ridiculous question? “You obviously care for these beasts. Why would you support their murder?” She chuckled and shook her head.

“Just like you aren’t a babo, they aren’t beasts. Like you, they’re living, breathing creatures. They have feelings and hearts that beat--just like you. Just because they aren’t human doesn’t make them ‘beasts’. But you’re wrong, I don’t support their slaughter for sport. I hate bullfighting, animals shouldn’t be murdered simply because they can be.

“But it was never about the bulls, it was about you. I support you. This is what you’ve dreamt of your whole life. I couldn’t and didn’t want to take that away from you. That’s why I attend the fights, that’s why I go to the parties, that’s why I followed you. Because you needed someone to support you.”

“You know, you’re kind of amazing,” he told her, a look of complete awe on his face. She let out a snort.

“Only kind of?” she teased. He watched her carefully. She wasn’t looking at him anymore. Instead she was staring up at the stars, watching as they twinkled and finding every constellation she could. She glanced over to him, their eyes meeting in an intense gaze. He felt himself leaning in, eyes gauging her reaction. She didn’t move towards him or away from him. She waited for him to move, watching him as he watched her.

Her eyes fell shut just before their lips met. He lost himself in her touch, her lips soft and delicate against his. After all the years they spent together, how had he never once kissed her? Why did he enjoy it so much? So many questions ran through his head. He grabbed the back of her hair, tangling his finger into her soft locks. She let out a gasp and he jumped back, worried he’d done something wrong.

Her eyes were wide as she stared at him. She didn’t know what to make of the situation. And quite truthfully, neither did he.

“I’m sorry.” He jumped up and ran away from her. Y/N tried to move with him, but the bull’s head in her lap made her struggle. By the time she stood up, he was long gone. She didn’t chase him, knowing it wouldn’t do either of them any good.

Hyukjae ran until he found himself back in town. He went straight to his room at the inn. He laid down on his bed as hundreds of questions ran through his head. Why had he kissed her? Why had she kissed him back? What did it mean? What was she thinking?

He rolled to his side to try and sleep, but sleep didn’t come easy for him. He laid flat on his back, his arm tucked underneath his head as the kiss replayed in his head over and over again. No matter how hard he tried to push his thoughts out of his mind, he simply couldn’t. And when the sun began peaking over the horizon, filtering through his dusty window, he gave up any hope of trying to sleep.

He splashed cold water onto his face, desperately trying to bring some type of life to his face. There was a knock at his door, startling him. He turned to it anxiously, beckoning the person in. There was a slight disappointment when a young boy opened the door, carrying a silver tray with a cup on it. The boy set the tray on the nightstand and left quickly. Hyukjae sighed, grabbing the cup and taking a sip. He stopped, staring down at the cup. It was coffee. Coffee that was made just how his mother used to make it.

On the tray sat a note. On the note was handwriting he knew all too well. He couldn’t bring himself to read the note, and instead set the coffee down. On a nearby chair was his outfit. It was dark blue with gold designs sewn into the suit. It was Y/N’s favorite and he promised to wear it today. Biting back a sigh, he began getting ready for his fight.

The arena was packed. Hundreds of Mexican citizens gathered to watch the bullfight. Hyukjae stood out of their view, but he could hear them screaming and chanting and cheering. He listened as they chanted his name, but it didn’t fill him with excitement like it used to. It didn’t amp him up and get his adrenaline pumping. Instead it filled him with a sense of dread.

Julio came barreling down the hallway, a bounce in his step as he approached Hyukjae. It took all of Hyukjae’s might not to punch his bastard of a manager square in the face. Julio paid no mind to his rigid stance, instead going over to look out over the crowd.

“This is it Mijo. If you do well in this fight, your next fight could be in Espana!” Julio said. While a couple of days ago, this would have made his heart soar, it now left a bad feeling in the pit of Hyukjae’s stomach. “Come on Mijo! Listen to the crowd! They love you! Now go out there and wow them!” Julio patted his back before he shoved Hyukjae into the arena.

The fans went wild. Men drank and cheered when he began to anger the bull. Women fanned themselves as the sun beat down on them, sweat dripping down their foreheads as they called for him. On the sides were the other matadors, curious to see why his fanbase was so big.

In the middle of the arena stood Eunhyuk el Matador Incredible, one of the country’s best matadors. Everyone was cheering for him as he easily dodged the charging bull. He waved his muleta around, doing a dance where one wrong move could cost him his life. As his fans chanted his name, he found his heart was not in the arena.

He did a quick turn and his breath caught in his throat. In the stand was the only and last person he wanted to see. Y/N sat in the middle, surrounded by random citizens. Her eyes were on Hyukjae, the rest of her face hidden behind her fan. The sun cast a golden halo over her, and Hyukjae wondered if she’d always been this gorgeous. She brought her fan down from her face, offering him a small smile.

He turned back to face the bull. Multiple banderillas were already lodged in the bull. All he had to do was successfully stick his sword between the bull’s shoulder blades and he’d be famous. He’d be in Spain doing the one thing he’s been dreaming of for years. Taking a deep breath, sweat trickling down his forehead, he called the bull forth to him. The bull stared at him with big, brown eyes, and he knew what he had to do.

The bull charged and Hyukjae moved to the side, letting it crash into the side of the arena. It shook its head and went to kneal, resting its head on the floor of the arena. There was a collective gasp from the audience. He threw the muleta down, turning to look at the crowd. They were staring at him in complete shock.

“Killing the bull is wrong!” he shouted. Everyone was silent as Hyukjae scanned the crowd. He found Y/N easily and looked at her. She was ginning at him. She stood and began to cheer loudly, earning a few disgruntled looks.

That was when everyone else started to boo. They threw their drinks at him and yelled curses at him. The other matadors snickered and pointed at him while Julio shook his fist from the side. He hung his head and left the arena. This was no longer a place for him.

He sat outside the arena, his head resting against the building as he watched the clouds above him. There were no thoughts in his head as the clouds slowly moved across the vast blue sky. He didn’t want to think. He wanted to be completely numb and sit here with nothing but the dirt under him.

“That was very brave of you to do.” As always, there was Y/N to comfort him when he needed it most. She’s always been caring and sweet to him, taking care of him when no one else would. A weird feeling bloomed in his chest at that thought. Was this… affection? Adoration? Dare I say, love?

“Yeah, well, now I’m out of a job, and the whole town hates me,” he said, pushing those dangerous thoughts from his mind. She moved to sit next to him, her skirt, the same color as his suit he noticed, spreading out over the ground.

“I don’t hate you,” she told him quietly. He let out a deep sigh, running a hand over his face.

“Y/N--”

“Listen,” she interrupted. She took a deep breath, going over the speech she had practiced a thousand times last night when she couldn’t sleep. “I know that a lot of things can happen while you’re ‘in-the-moment’, and I want you to know, you don’t have to stress about the kiss. We don’t have to talk about it or even acknowledge that it happened.”

Two hearts broke at that. Hyukjae looked down at the ground, flicking the small pebbles of dirt around. Y/N watched him intently, desperately trying to gauge his reaction. After a while he nodded, pushing down his own agony and putting her first.

“Yeah. That sounds like a plan,” he said. Y/N forced a smile, her heart shattering a million times over.

“YOU!” they both jumped at the sudden intrusion. Julio stood there, his fists clenched at his sides. “YOU SON OF A BITCH!” He stomped towards them with pure rage in his eyes. He raised his fists, screaming curses as Hyukjae in Spanish. He was quick to get to him, but Y/N was quicker. She stood and landed a punch square across his jaw. He spun in a circle before falling to the ground. He laid there unmoving, and Hyukjae sat there stunned and amazed.

“You don’t know how long I’ve been waiting to do that,” she said as she shook her hand. She turned to Hyukjae and held out her hand. “Come on. We’re getting out of here.” Hyukjae took her hand, pushing himself up from the ground.

“Where are we going?” he inquired as he stepped over Julio’s, hopefully, unconscious body.

“Anywhere but here. You know, I’ve heard some interesting tales about the American west,” she said. He raised his brows. “A dangerous and wild place, waiting to be tamed.” She grinned at him as she pulled him along.

And that was exactly what they did. They “borrowed” two horses and started their journey up north to America. They traveled through many towns and were welcomed with warm arms. Many had heard of Eunhyuk el Matador Incredible and were excited to meet him. He reveled in the attention, but his heart simply there. For, unbeknownst to her, it laid in the hands of his best friend.

They rode until they came to a small town called Heartsease. It was a small town in the middle of nowhere. Nothing but dirt surrounded the town for miles. The sun sat high in the sky, beating them down with merciless heat. Sweat dripped down their faces and necks as they stopped at a nearby “saloon”.

“Can I help you?” A man with a cowboy hat and a shiny badge approached them, a hand resting on his holster. He paused when his eyes met Y/N’s, eyes glazing over slightly. Hyukjae clenched his jaw, resisting the urge to roll his eyes to the back of his head.

“Hola,” Y/N greeted. “My name is Y/N, and this is my friend, Hyukjae. We’ve been traveling for many days from our home country of Mexico. We were hoping you’d be so generous as to let us rest and refuel for a few days.” The man offered her a sweet smile.

“Of course! Please, make yourselves at home. I’m Sheriff Siwon. We have plenty of refreshments for you and an inn where you’ll be more than comfortable. Hae-won! Come here please! Allow me to introduce my sister,” he said. A young woman came forward. Her dark hair was pulled to the side to sit on her shoulder. She wore a black dress with a black corset tied to give her a desirable body shape.

“I’m Choi Hae-won. It’s a pleasure to meet you both,” she said, offering Y/N and Hyukjae a warm smile. If you have any questions, please don’t be shy in asking. I’ll gladly help in any way I’m able. Welcome to Heartsease, New Mexico.”

Tagged: @lavellanfriendliness

30 notes · View notes

calumance · 5 years ago

Text

Sunshine (best friend!calum AU) - Part 2

Warnings: cussing? Love me some friend fluff.

Summary: After Amelia finally feels like she has made a good friend at school, she suddenly feels deserted. However, that doesn’t matter when she has people like Calum in her life.

Word count: 3k

A/N: I love thinking about what it would be like if I had grown up with Calum and the rest of the guys, I really enjoy writing, and editing this story, so I hope you guys enjoy it too!! ❤️🥰😘

Part 1

Amelia stared at herself in the mirror, debating with herself if her outfit was too dressed up, or too casual. She’d already changed outfits three times and she had landed on a navy blue and white striped hoodie, with a white tank top underneath, jean shorts and some white converse. She even wore her hair down for once. A breath escaped her chest deciding she looked too casual, but the knock on her door told her she was too late to change again. Her mom poked her head through the door and informed Amelia that Veronica and her mom were waiting outside, pausing to make a comment on how Amelia looked. Hearing her mom comment on her outfit solidified that she wanted to change, but instead she just thanked her mom and headed for the door, throwing her cross-body bag over her head.

Veronica smiled at Amelia in astonishment when she got in the car. “In the few short months that I have known you, I have yet to see you with your hair down. You have beautiful hair!” Veronica reached over and ran her fingers through Amelia’s hair. If Amelia hadn’t grown accustomed to Veronica, Amelia would’ve lost her mind, but Amelia liked Veronica, so she let it slide. Her hand lifted from her lap and tucked her hair behind her ears and thanked her friend. Mrs. Waters asked Amelia for the address and the drove off. Amelia stared out the window and watched as the car zipped past houses upon houses. It looked like home, Amelia thought, it just didn’t feel like home. Not yet, at least.

The car stopped and Mrs. Waters announced their arrival. Veronica jumped out of the car first. Amelia hesitated and then thanked her friends mom for the ride. “Of course, just let me know when to come get both of you. Have fun!” Amelia fake smiled and crawled out of the car and followed Veronica up to the door. Veronica was way more outgoing than Amelia was, at first Amelia wrote it off as it was that she’d been here her entire life, but now Amelia just knows that she was never that outgoing, and that’s why they were able to be such good friends; opposites attract. It also explained why Veronica had no hesitation ringing the doorbell, but Amelia suddenly felt sick. The click of the door unlocking caused Amelia’s heart to jump out of her chest. Her hands gripped the strap of her bag and held her breath until the door opened.

The door swung open and Amelia let out her breath seeing the bright smile she recognized. Calum was wearing a gray pull over and black skinny jeans and some black and white vans. His black hair tucked under a beanie, except for the very front so that his bangs were poking out. Amelia’s heart skipped a few beats as he started to speak, “Hi Veronica, Hi Amelia, come on in.” Calum moves off to the side and both girls walk into the house. Amelia trying to hide her obvious nervousness. “Make yourselves at home, we’re just watching some movies, nothing really that exciting.” Veronica ran over to the couch and plopped herself down, saying hi to the guys she’s been going to school with for a long time. “You can put your bag right over there, if you want.”

Amelia was surprised by Calum’s voice, thinking that he had left her standing in the door way. “Oh, thanks.” Amelia took her bag off her body and set it in the spot Calum had told her to place it. Calum gave Amelia a reassuring smile, and then walked toward the couch. After taking a quick look around, Amelia walked over to the group and sat down next to Veronica. No one said anything for a while until Amelia finally grew tired of the dryness in her throat. “Uh, Calum, could I get a glass of water?”

“Oh, yeah, of course, follow me.” Calum stood up and Amelia followed quietly behind him. Veronica shared a look with Amelia, silently telling her to flirt with him, but that wasn’t what Amelia wanted. Sure, he was super cute, but mostly she just wanted another friend. As much as she loved hanging out with Veronica almost every single day, having someone else to hang out with would be nice. Calum grabs a glass out of the cabinet and fills it with ice and water. As he hands it to Amelia, he smiles. She takes the glass and takes a giant swig. “So, you moved here from America? Where did you move from?”

Amelia held the water in her mouth for a second, but then swallowed, “Colorado.” She took another drink needing to fill the silence due to her social awkwardness. Calum watched her, pulling his eyebrows together and pursing his lips. He was trying everything to try to figure her out, but she was such a closed book. All he wanted to do was get to know her better, be her friend, even if he did think she looked absolutely beautiful with her hair down. “Thank you for the glass of water.” Amelia set the glass down on the counter and Calum’s eyebrows pulled together even harder. He felt like her was about to burst trying to just get her to talk to him.

He chuckled to himself, but more out of frustration, “I cannot read you.” Amelia pulled her eyebrows together and stared at Calum. “I invited you over thinking we could get to know each other, and be friends. I thought inviting your friend over as well would make you more comfortable, but you are one tightly closed book.” Amelia’s look softened and suddenly she felt like a jackass. She had been so stand off-ish since she had come to Australia, and it was all because she was mad at her parents. Instead of making friends and living a happy life, and honestly, just getting over it, she’s been making herself miserable. Apparently the first time realizing this wasn’t enough, realizing it a second time was.

Amelia sighed and shifted her weight, “I’m sorry, I don’t mean to be so closed off. My parents forced me to move here, and I’ve been angry about it ever since, and instead of being a normal person and just getting the heck over it, I’ve just held onto the anger. In turn, making me not only a closed book, but a locked one too.” She took a deep breath, realizing that she had kept that pent up for a little too long and looked at Calum, “Sorry, I guess I also didn’t realize how much I kept that pent up.”

Calum chuckled. “it’s alright, no need to apologize. I just have seen you around school, and I thought it would be nice to get to know you outside of school.” His smile lit up the room, and the way he talked made Amelia’s heart race inside her chest, but she couldn’t help but wonder why he wanted to be her friend. What did he find so special about her of all the people at school? “Why were you forced to move here? Did your parents get a new job or something?” Before Amelia could answer, he turned to the refrigerator and pulled out a soda.

As he cracked it open, Amelia tried to relax a little more. “My dad’s job transferred him here. My mom always went from job to job just trying to help support my dad, but nothing really serious. It was just in the past few days that she finally found a job. Being only 16, I was forced to come with them. I think, if I were old enough to make my own decisions, I would’ve stayed in Colorado. I love it there so much, and I really didn’t want to leave my friends. If they had waited two years, I would’ve been able to stay.” Amelia took a breath afraid she was opening up a little too much, but Calum ate up every word she was saying. He didn’t mind listening to her at all. In fact, he wanted to know more. He took another drink from his soda, keeping an eye on Amelia.

“What part of Colorado are you from? Also, what’s your favorite thing about Colorado?” Calum moved so he was standing next to Amelia, and her scent filled his nose. She smelled like apples, maybe it was her perfume, or lotion, but it was a smell he never wanted to forget.

Amelia took a breath in as Calum moved into the empty space next to her, she reached up and tucked a strand of her hair behind her ears so she could see him better. “I’m from a little town about fifteen minutes away from downtown Denver. I think my favorite part of Colorado is during the spring and early summer, when the weather is nice. It’s just the right temperature that you can sit outside and just enjoy yourself. Even if it means you’re just sitting on your deck and enjoying the sounds, it’s nice.” She paused, remembering what the Colorado sun felt like on her skin. It felt like pure bliss, and it always made her skin tingle with joy. She smiled and looked at her feet, “And the mountains, the mountains are beautiful.” She started to feel a bit emotional thinking about everything she left behind, so she decided to divert the conversation, “Veronica told me you guys are in a band? What’s that like, have you played any cool shows or anything?”

Calum pulled his lips down and shrugged. “Our first show was in this place, there was only 12 people there.” He laughed and looked down, “I mean, otherwise, yeah it’s cool. I almost didn’t do it. I had a chance to have a really great football career, not American football. I went to Brazil to train, and two days after coming back, I dedicated myself to the band, gave up my football career.” He swallowed, as if he wanted to say more but instead he just shrugged and a silence fell over the two of them.

That’s how the rest of the afternoon went, the only thing that changed was their positions. Eventually the two found themselves sitting on the chairs that sat on the deck in Calum’s backyard. The two of them asking questions back and forth getting to know as much of each other as possible. The only thing that stopped them was Veronica sliding the door open and informing that her mom was there to take both of them home. Amelia didn’t want to go home, but she bid Calum a goodbye and headed out to the familiar vehicle Mrs. Waters always showed up in.

Before Amelia made her way down the front steps of Calum’s house, Calum stopped her, grabbing her hand, sending a bolt of lightning through Amelia’s body. She turned and looked at him, Calum dropped his hands and shoved them into his pockets, “My birthday is in a week and I was planning on throwing a party. Do you want to come? You can bring Veronica if you want.”

Amelia thought about it for a second. Looking at her best friend who was climbing into her mom’s car. Was it selfish to not want to invite her best friend? Maybe she’d invite her but politely explain that she doesn’t want her to come. Amelia looked back at Calum and smiled, “Yeah, we’ll be there. Same time, same place?” Calum nodded, excitedly. “Great, I’ll, uh, see you at school on Monday.”

Monday couldn’t come soon enough. When Amelia got to school, she met up with Veronica as she did every morning and they made their way to their first class. The only strange thing was Veronica was acting as if Amelia’s presence was of great annoyance. When Veronica and Amelia walked through the door, Veronica bolted to her seat with the girls she always sat with in the morning. However, Calum’s face lit up. He pointed to the seat next to him and Amelia pointed at herself, slightly confused that he actively wanted her to sit next to him. Calum nodded as if she was acting crazy. Amelia took the seat next to Calum and glanced towards Veronica who was purposely ignoring Amelia’s existence, “How was the rest of your weekend?” Calum asked Amelia with a bright smile.

“It was good. I didn’t do much, just sat in my room and listened to music. Talked to my friends back home. How was the rest of your weekend?” Calum returned his response, saying that he tried to write a few songs, but that was pretty much it. Before Amelia could ask Calum what he wrote, the class started.

Once class was over, Amelia went to meet up with Veronica but she darted out of the room, hiding between the girls she was sitting with. Amelia stopped, feeling like she did when she first started school here; wanting to hide and go back home. What did Amelia do to make Veronica act like this? A hand on the back of Amelia’s arm brought her out of her thoughts, “Want to walk with me to my next class?” Amelia nodded, feeling a warmth inside her, knowing there was at least someone who wanted her there. Amelia and Calum walked together, talking about things that didn’t really matter, but it was better than walking in silence. Once they got to Amelia’s class they said their goodbyes and Calum continued walking to his class.

It wasn’t until lunch time that they saw each other again. Amelia looked around the lunch room Veronica, the person she had sat with for lunch since she first came to this school. When Amelia spotted Veronica, she was sat at a full table with people who always gave Amelia nasty looks every time she even brushed past them. A sigh escaped from Amelia’s chest as she made her way outside and sat on the grass. “Hey there!” Calum nearly sang as he walked over to Amelia, with Luke and Michael in tow.

Amelia placed her hand in front of her face to shield the sun as the boys sat next to her. “Hi.” She said simply, still a little hurt that her one and only friend was acting as if she didn’t exist. Calum scooted closer to her and smiled. Amelia tried to smile back, but instead just shoved food in her mouth. “Why is Veronica acting like I don’t exist?” Amelia finally said, a mouth full of food. Calum looked at her, a bit confused on why this was the topic of conversation. Amelia swallowed the bite she took. “She was the one I first opened up to, and now she’s acting like everyone else in this school. Like I’m an alien or something.”

“I’ve known her since year 4 and she’s always been a part of the same girl group, and they’ve never really been the type of girls to let new people into their group. So, I was honestly surprised that she ever hung out with you.” Michael explained. Calum and Amelia stared daggers at Michael. Michael’s eyes widened and he shrugged, “What? It’s true, it’s nothing against you, Amelia, it’s just how she’s been the entire time I’ve known her. I’m saying that, Amelia, you shouldn’t be hurt be her suddenly deserting you. We’re better friends than she will ever be.” Amelia smiled and took another bite of food. She was certain she liked her new group of friends more than she liked her group of friends back home.

At the end of the day, when Mrs. Waters was supposed to take Amelia home, Amelia found no trace of Veronica or Mrs. Waters anywhere. Motherfucker. Amelia understood deserting as a friend at school, but she couldn’t give her a warning that she wouldn’t have a ride home? Amelia fished her phone out of her pocket as the rage boiled in the pit of her stomach. Her fingers shakily scrolled through her phone to find someone she could call for a ride. Her mom was at work, and so was her dad. Finally, she landed on Calum’s name. The phone rang back to her a few times until Calum finally answered. “Hey, so, Veronica was usually the one to take me home, but since I don’t exist anymore, I got stranded. Are you still here?”

“I’m sorry, Amelia. I had to leave early for something. Uh, maybe you could call Ashton and see if he can come pick you up?” Amelia shifted her weight and looked around. The school yard was almost cleared out, there wasn’t even a random person that she could ask to take her home. Amelia didn’t have Ashton’s phone number, and didn’t really feel like asking for it. “Tomorrow, I can give you a ride, though.”

Her eyebrows raised, her thumb and index finger rubbing across her brow ridge, “Yeah, tomorrow sounds great. Thank you. Uh, have a good night, Calum. I’ll see you tomorrow.” Amelia hung up and looked at her phone for a few moments. It was a nice day out. Not too hot, and it rained over the weekend so it wasn’t as dry as it could’ve been. A sighed escaped Amelia’s chest as she realized she had no other choice but to walk home. The sooner she started walking, the sooner she’d get home.

When Amelia got home, she was drenched in sweat and was ready to fight someone. She threw her backpack on the couch and jumped into a cold shower, hoping that not only would it cool her exterior, but her interior too. As the cold water hit her face, she thought about ripping Veronica a new one, but maybe it was the best to just leave it alone. At least if they weren’t friends anymore, that meant that Amelia didn’t have to bring Veronica to Calum’s birthday party with her. Amelia smiled at that, and was more excited than ever for Calum’s party.

33 notes · View notes

goldenmessenger · 5 years ago

Text

TS Actor AU: Eye of the Storm

Summary: In New York City, Patton has some big plans, and Virgil's got his back. Logan is oblivious. But very quickly the night changes into something none of them expected.

Takes place at roughly the same time as IronWoman359's "I've Got You Brother" and my "Aftermath"

Read on Ao3 here.

A/N: Hey everyone! It’s Em, back with more Actor AU! This is #4 from my ideas list, where we get to see what was going on in NYC with our other boys during Remus’s disastrous interview. I’m very happy with how parts of this turned out. And this is a whopper, my longest one yet at 6026 words. Never written quite this much in one go, so I hope you guys like it!

Next, more of Thomas and Virgil figuring out their relationship, then we get to meet the kids! Or some of them, at least.

As usual, let me know if you want to be added to the taglist!

Content Warnings: Panic, tempers, irrational thoughts

*************************************

Patton paced back and forth in Virgil’s hotel room, nervous energy filling every fiber of his being. What if something went wrong? What if he screwed up? What if Logan disliked it so much that he never wanted to see him again or—

“Take a breath, Pop Star.” Virgil’s voice broke through the haze of anxiety weighing Patton down. “You’re going to wear a hole in the carpet. You’ve gone over every step of this, it’ll be perfect.”

“You sure?” Patton said, flopping down on the bed next to Virgil. “What-what if I forget what I want to say, or I trip and break my nose, or I trip and break Logan’s nose—”

“Breathe, Pat.” Virgil said, maintaining his calm tone. “You’re grinding again.”

Patton inhaled deeply, then exhaled slowly. Virgil placed his hands gently on his friend’s shoulder.

“You and Logan might not have been together very long, but I can tell that he loves you so much. Even if things do go wrong tonight, he’ll still think it’s all perfect, because you’re there with him.” Virgil said. “And you guys have already adopted two kids together, and that’s one of the biggest steps you can take as a couple. What’s one more?”

Patton smiled thankfully at Virgil, then stood up.

“He’s probably going to be ready to go soon.” Patton said, looking at the door that connected Virgil’s hotel room to his and Logan’s. Patton turned back to Virgil. “How do I look?” He asked, feeling nervous again.

Patton had picked out a light blue floral sundress, with a skirt that was higher in the front than the back, and was wearing a pair of light brown flats with them. Virgil had done his makeup, light on the foundation so as not to hide Patton’s freckles, which Logan adored, and with glittery silver eyeshadow. The lipstick was simple as well, a nice rosy pink. Patton’s curly hair, which he always kept shoulder-length when not filming the show, had been pulled back into a simple side braid.

“You look gorgeous, Pat.” Virgil said firmly. “And I know Logan will agree.”

“Know Logan will agree with what?”

Virgil and Patton both turned to find Logan standing right next to the door between the rooms. Patton’s jaw dropped. Logan was wearing white slacks and black shoes, but the star of the otherwise simple outfit was his top. It was a off the shoulder button-up top that was dark blue, but glittered like a sky full of stars.

“I was just telling Pat that you’d think he looks absolutely gorgeous.” Virgil said, grinning at his lovebird friends.

“Virgil is absolutely correct, Patton.” Logan said. “You look absolutely stunning.”

“So do you.” Patton said, beaming at his boyfriend.

Virgil pretended to gag at how cute the two were, but they both knew he was only joking.

“You two better shoo,” Virgil said, “Pat has a pretty full date planned, and I don’t think you’ll want to miss any of it.”

“What are your plans while we’re gone?” Logan asked.

“Gonna watch Remus’s interview when it airs, go to bed. This is his first one for the show, after all. Gotta show some support.” Virgil said, then frowned. “I wasn’t kidding about the shooing guys, we’ve got free time right now, but we’ve got an absolutely hectic day of interviews tomorrow. You’ll both want your sleep.”

“Don’t worry, Virge!” Patton said cheerily. “You’ll barely even notice we’re gone!’

Virgil smiled.

“I doubt that. Now go. I’m gonna FaceTime my boyfriend so I’m not feeling like a third wheel.”

*************************************

“That was quite a well-done show.” Logan said, and Patton smiled up at him, doing his best to contain the nervousness that had come back with a vengeance.

The evening had gone very well. Dinner was at a rather expensive steakhouse where Patton had gotten them reservations, and then they had gone to watch the musical Hadestown, where they had perfect seats right in the middle of the orchestra.

And now they were in the car, with their driver taking them back to the hotel. Or, at least, that’s where Logan thought they were going. Patton’s hand tightened around the object in his pocket. It was going to work, Virgil was right, there was no reason to be nervous.

And yet, Patton still was.

“The effects were spectacular and I was quite impressed with all of the actors.” Logan continued, not seeming to have noticed Patton’s nerves. “Though the ending was very sad. It was certainly foolish of Orpheus to turn around like that—”

The car stopped suddenly, and Logan blinked in surprise.

“This isn’t the hotel.” He said, bemused.

“No, it’s not.” Despite his nervousness, Patton couldn’t help but let a smile spread across his face. “Come on Lo, let’s go inside.”

*************************************

The Hayden Planetarium and the museum that contained it were usually closed by this time of night, but the management had been more than happy to let Patton use it once he explained his plan (and, of course, offered the museum a not insignificant donation).

Patton led Logan to the planetarium. When they entered, the ‘sky’ lit up, filling with stars.

“Patton,” Logan said, “what is all of this?”

“Well,” Patton said, stepping backward into the planetarium, “I wanted to do this with a sky of stars above us, but since we’re in the middle of a city, I thought that this would be a close second.”

“Do what?” Logan questioned, and Patton smiled and took Logan’s hands in his.

“Logan Clarke, two years ago today you decided to throw all caution to the wind and ask me out, and I will never stop being glad that you did.” Patton paused for a breath, suddenly distracted by his phone buzzing in his back pocket. Then Logan smiled at him, and gestured for Patton to continue, and Patton forgot all about his phone.

“I love you more than almost anything else in the entire world,”

“Almost?” Logan questioned teasingly and Patton grinned back.

“Yeah, you’re tied with the kids.” Patton said, and Logan laughed. Feeling a new surge of courage and love burst through him, Patton decided to ditch the rest of his speech. He didn’t need it. Letting go of Logan’s hands and pulling out the small box that had been burning a hole in his pocket for the last three months, Patton went down on one knee. He was vaguely aware of his phone buzzing again, but he ignored it. Whoever it was could wait.

“Logan Clarke, will you marry me?”

Logan smiled a big smile, the kind Patton had only seen on his face three times. First, when Logan had asked him out, the second when they had decided to move in together, and the third when the adoption papers for their children had been finalized.

“Yes.” Logan said softly, then pulled Patton up to his feet and the couple kissed. Patton pulled back and took the ring out of the box.

“I think you’ll be wanting this.” Patton said with a smile. “I was going to go for a custom ring, but I consulted the kids, and Piper and Hazel both thought that you’d like this.”

The ring hadn’t been very expensive as engagement rings go, but Patton knew that Logan wouldn’t want anything huge. Logan was a huge fan of Lord of the Rings, and so the kids had convinced Patton to buy a replica of Aragorn and Arwen’s engagement ring. From the smile on Logan’s face as Patton slipped it on his finger, Patton knew that he had made the right choice.

The couple kissed again, arms entwining around each other.

Suddenly, Patton’s phone buzzed again.

“Is that your phone?” Logan asked.

“Yeah,” Patton frowned. “That’s the third or fourth time it’s buzzed in the last several minutes. I should probably check it and make sure that it’s not Dot and Larry calling about the girls.”

Reluctantly, the two pulled apart and Patton pulled his phone out.

5 Missed Calls From: ‘Dark Strange Son’

“Five missed calls from Virgil?” Logan said.

“Yeah, he knew I was going to propose, maybe he was just excited to hear how it went?” Patton suggested. But as soon as he said it, both he and Logan frowned.

“That’s not really like Virgil.” Logan said. “Maybe Roman or Thomas, but not Virgil. He would’ve waited for us to call him.”

“That’s a fair point—” Patton began, and suddenly Logan’s phone began to buzz. Logan immediately pulled it out.

Incoming call from: ‘Virgil Matthew Bailey’

Logan instantly picked it up and put it on speakerphone.

“Virgil, what’s going on?”

“Thank goodness I finally got ahold of you.” Virgil’s voice burst through in a panicked rush. Patton and Logan both exchanged worried looks. They both knew Virgil well enough to tell when the younger man was on the edge of a panic attack.

“I’m really sorry to interrupt your date, but you guys need to come back to the hotel room now. Remus’s interview—it’s hard to explain—”

“No need.” Logan said promptly. “We’ll be right there.”

*************************************

They’d watched the interview on their phones on the way back to the hotel.

Logan couldn’t say that he blamed Remus for losing his temper. In the early days of Season One, when the prying questions seemed to come at Roman every other interview, Logan had stormed out of quite a few interviews himself, sometimes dragging Roman out with him. So Logan couldn’t say he’d behave any differently from Remus.

The whole ride home, Patton was curled into Logan’s side, all too quiet. Logan knew that was a bad sign. Where Virgil’s anxiety could be louder, with panicked rambling and hyperventilating, Patton’s was very quiet. He would shut down, trapped under the swirling chaos of his own thoughts. Most people wouldn’t even realize that Patton wasn’t ok, because he would fly under the radar.

Logan wasn’t most people.

He knew his boyfriend’s—his fiancé’s tells very well. Patton wouldn’t want to talk right now, and the best Logan could do was be here for Patton until he was ready to talk.

Logan began to mentally prepare himself for their arrival at the hotel. As long as at least one of them was calm, Virgil and Patton were pretty good at grounding each other. But if they were both freaking out, then they would feed into each other’s panic and escalate it. Logan’s job was to be the calm mediator between the two. Or at least, to do his best.

Finally, their car arrived at the hotel. Logan and Patton were upstairs as quickly as their legs would take them.

When they entered Virgil’s hotel room, Logan could already tell that Virgil had worked himself into a state. There was an abandoned plate of food on the coffee table that looked like it hadn’t been touched. So it looks like Virgil hasn’t eaten. Since lunch, I’m guessing. That’s not a great sign.

Logan was about to talk things over with both of them when his phone rang. It was Thomas. Logan stepped to the side as Patton and Virgil sat on the bed, silent.

“Salutations, Thomas. I presume you’re calling about the interview?” “Yeah, it’s a bit of a mess, isn’t it. How are Pat and Virge holding up?” Thomas asked. Logan wasn’t offended that his friend didn’t ask about him, as both men knew that while Logan was worried, he’d be fine. Patton and Virgil on the other hand….

“They’re pretty quiet right now,” Logan said, “which is worrying me a little. But I think they’re doing ok.”

“That’s good.” Thomas said. “Keep an eye on Virgil for me, will you? I know he gets really worked up about this sort of thing, and it can be hard to help him to calm down. I’d be there myself but—”

“I understand.” Logan said. Thomas had been meant to be in NYC with them, but something had come up with one of the Studio’s other shows, so Thomas had stayed back to help Joan take care of it.

“Thanks Logan. Tell him I’ll call when I can, and let them both know that I’ve already got the PR department working on how to spin this.”

“I will.” Logan promised. Logan began to be vaguely aware that Virgil and Patton were talking, but he stayed focused on Thomas.

“Thank you. Also, I wanted to check in with you, as it’s likely that your interviews tomorrow will probably bring up what happened with Remus tonight. So I recommend that the three of you come up with a game plan on how to handle it.”

“I’ll discuss it with the others as soon as I’m done talking to you—” Logan paused, suddenly catching a snippet of Virgil and Patton’s conversation.

“I’ve been looking up last second flights online in case Dillon’s private jet can’t take us for some reason. The soonest doesn’t leave until tomorrow morning.” Virgil said, barely looking at Patton, focused on the laptop screen in front of him.

“Morning isn’t soon enough!” Patton said emphatically. “I’m sure Captain Benson could get the jet ready in a couple of hours if I gave him the heads up.”

“Logan, you still there?” Thomas asked. “You trailed off for a second.”

“Thomas,” Logan said. “I’m afraid I’ll have to cut our conversation short, as it sounds like you brother and my boyfriend are about to make a rather rash decision.” Logan heard Thomas sigh heavily.

“They want to come back to LA, don’t they?”

“Yes, it would seem so.” Logan confirmed.

“Well, I’ll let you go so you can try to talk them down. Tell Virgil that, as his brother, I understand where he’s coming from, and that he’s just worried about his boyfriend. However, as his boss, I need the three of you to stay in New York. It will only make the bad press worse if you three abandon interviews to come back.”

“I’ll tell him.” Logan promised, and the conversation ended. He turned to Patton and Virgil, who seemed to have heard at least Logan’s half of the end of the conversation.

“We’re not making a rash decision.” Patton said, indignant. Virgil nodded in agreement.

“It’s simple facts.” Virgil said, tone leaving no room for disagreement. “We need to get back to LA as soon as possible.”

“I know both of you are worried about Roman and Remus,” Logan said, “but we have a commitment to go to those interviews tomorrow. We can’t just abandon that.”

“To hell with interviews!” Virgil said, angry. “I couldn’t care less about what the media thinks.”

“Roman and Remus need us Logan,” Patton said, pleading, “we need to be there.” “I know that this is stressful for both of you,” Logan said, keeping his voice calm, “but panicking isn’t going to help anyone.”

“But—” Patton began, but Logan interrupted.

“Have either of you actually tried to call Roman or Remus? Or even Dillon?” Logan asked. Patton shifted in his seat and Virgil wouldn’t look at Logan.

“....No.” Patton admitted finally. Virgil stayed silent, which was answer enough.

“First of all, this isn’t the first time, or the last, that the twins will have to handle bad press. Second, I just got off of the phone with Thomas, and he says that they’ve got it handled. He also said we need to stay here for now.”

Patton and Virgil remained silent. Patton looked like he was about to burst into tears, but Virgil looked downright mutinous. Logan sensed they still weren’t convinced. He was beginning to get a little frustrated. Why was it so hard to convince two grown men to make a sensible decision?

“I’m sure that while Roman and Remus would both appreciate your support, they would agree with me that for now, you both need to stay here.” Logan stated, which finally got a reaction out of Virgil, who shot to his feet.

“You don’t know that!” Virgil argued. “You haven’t even talked to them, how would you know what they want us to do?”

“Neither have you.” Logan reminded Virgil, but it came out more forcefully than he would’ve liked. Logan stopped. He felt like he was on the edge of losing his temper, and that wouldn’t help anybody if he did. Logan took a deep breath to try to ground himself, then an idea occurred to him.

An obvious one, in retrospect.

“There’s an easy solution to this.” Logan said.

“And what would that be?” Virgil demanded, rather petulantly. “Because I don’t see one.”

“Don’t be mean, Virge.” Patton chided. “At least hear Logan out.”

“Oh, so now you’re siding with your boyfriend over me, huh?” Virgil demanded.

“I-I, no, I’m not siding with him—” Patton began to stammer, and Logan realized he needed to take control over the situation before it spiraled out of control again.

“The simple solution,” Logan interjected. “Is that we call Roman and Remus, and wait to make a decision until we are aware that our drastic action is needed. Does that sound satisfactory to you both?”

Silence. Eventually both men gave their begrudging assent to Logan’s plan.

“Good. I’ll make the call, and while I do that, you two need to take care of yourselves.”

When both men began to utter protests, Logan cut them off.

“Virgil, I saw the plate of food on the counter, it looked like it hadn’t been touched. Have you even eaten a thing since lunch?”

“...no.” Virgil mumbled guiltily.

“What?” Patton said in shock. Logan could almost see Patton’s mothering instincts redirect from the absent Roman and Remus to Virgil as this new information registered. “Virgil, it’s past midnight now,that was nearly 10 hours ago!”

“Fine, fine, I’ll eat.” Virgil grumbled. “But I’m just doing it so you’ll leave me alone, not cause I’m actually hungry.” Patton looked like he was about to argue with Virgil on that, so Logan cut in.

“And both of you need to drink some water. Since Virgil forgot to eat, I doubt he’s drank much either. And, Pat, I know you’ve had nothing but soda to drink since dinner. Maybe that will help both of you to destress a bit.”

“There you go again with that extremist water agenda.” Virgil muttered, but he was already headed over to the kitchenette, Patton on his heels.

Logan watched them for a second, then picked up his phone, and found Dillon’s number.

*************************************

It was about two in the morning. Logan had been trying on and off to reach Roman, Remus, or Dillon. No luck yet.

Virgil and Patton were both collapsed on the couch. The three of them had migrated to Logan and Patton’s room, which, unlike Virgil’s, was a full suite (Virgil had been offered one, but he opted for a smaller room as he didn’t think he needed all of that space). Patton and Virgil had been watching cartoons while Logan made the call. They both seemed to have calmed down quite a bit, but were still quiet and on edge. Both men looked like they were nearly asleep, but both were fighting to stay awake to hear if Logan would have any success.

Logan was exhausted as well, but he couldn’t sleep. He needed to make sure everything was ok. He told himself it was to reassure Patton and Virgil, but he knew that on some level, he needed it too. Logan shifted in the armchair he sat in, trying to get more comfortable. He looked over at his friend and his fiancé, and silently prayed he could get them some answers soon.

Finally, Logan tried to call Dillon once more. This time, it worked, and Dillon picked up the phone.

“Salutations, Dillon,” Logan said, “So you know, you’re on speakerphone.” Out of the corner of his eye, Logan saw both Patton and Virgil perk up from where they sat on the couch, instantly awake and listening intently.

“Logan, hello.” Dillon replied, matching Logan’s formal tone. Despite the tone, Dillon sounded as exhausted as Logan felt. “I’m guessing you’re calling about Remus’s interview tonight?”

“Yes, I am.” Logan said. “It was mutually agreed that out of Patton, Virgil, and myself that I would be the best candidate to call at the moment.” Logan heard Dillon sigh heavily, and clearly the kids were rubbing off on Logan, because Logan’s distinct thought was ‘mood’.

“Let me guess, Patton and Virgil have both gotten themselves into an anxious frenzy over the interview?”

Logan saw that Patton’s expression had become rather sheepish. Dillon knew him all too well.

“Yes, they’re pretty worked up about it.” Logan admitted. “Virgil is this close to buying a plane ticket to flying out of New York City first thing tomorrow to be by his boyfriend’s side, or getting the private jet to take us back. And Patton isn’t far behind. But I convinced them that we should communicate with one of you first, and make sure that it’s needed.”

Patton and Virgil were hanging on every word that was spoken, waiting to hear something that would reassure them, or prove them right.

“Tell them that while the gesture is appreciated, it’s unnecessary.” Dillon reassured Logan. “Roman and Remus are both doing fine. They talked about it, and now they’ve fallen asleep on the couch. I’d wake them up to talk to you, but I think that they both needed the rest. You should all finish the round of interviews up there, and we’ll be fine until you return.”

“That’s good to hear—” Logan agreed, but Patton interrupted.

“Tell Dill to take some photos, that sounds adorable!” Patton gushed. Virgil shrugged in agreement.

“Patton is demanding photographic evidence of this occurrence.” Logan informed his friend, smiling a little.

“I’ll send it once we finish talking here.”

“Splendid.” Logan said.

“Tell him I said thank you.” Patton told Logan. Logan nodded.

“Patton says to thank you for the photo in advance.” Logan said, passing on the message. Then Virgil finally spoke.

“Could you ask Dillon to have Roman call if he gets the chance?” Virgil asked nervously, wringing his hands.

“I will.” Logan promised, and returned to Dillon.

“If he’s feeling up to it in the morning, however, would you mind having Roman call himself? I think both Patton and Virgil would feel a little better if they were to hear from him. If he isn’t, however, I believe hearing from Remus would suffice.” “I’ll ask as soon as they wake up.” Dillon promised.

“Good.” Logan said briefly. He was about to continue, but Patton stood up.

“It sounds like we’ve decided on staying then.” Patton said, matter of fact. Virgil made a face.

“Maybe you guys have,” Virgil muttered, “I’m still not sold on it.”

“Oh, don’t be such a Grumpy Gus.” Patton said, frowning.

“I’m not being grumpy, I’m just worried.” Virgil insisted, folding his arms. Logan sensed the beginning of an argument brewing, so he decided to cut in before it got worse.

“Why don’t you both get some sleep?” Logan suggested. “I think we’re all feeling rather stressed, and we do have a full day tomorrow.” Virgil looked like he was going to argue, then shrugged.

“Fine.” Virgil grumbled. “Sounds like you guys have made the decision for me anyways.” Patton stood up.

“Come on V,” Patton said, “I’ll make us some tea to make up for calling you a Grumpy Gus, how does that sound?”

“Logan, are you still there?” Dillon’s voice came through the phone, slightly startling Logan, who had briefly forgotten that Dillon was still on the line.

“Yes, sorry about that.” Logan apologized, feeling embarrassed about leaving Dillon waiting like that. “Patton has just dragged Virgil off into his hotel room. I managed to convince them they both need to get some sleep, as it’s rather late here.”

“Right, it’s almost 3:00 in the morning there, isn’t it? Shouldn’t you be getting to bed too?”

“Yes, you are right about that.” Logan paused, then something occurred to him, “I did want to talk to you without the two of them present.”

“What about?” Logan sighed. So this is how they were playing this. He’d just have to be blunt.

“You’ve been very calm through our whole conversation,” Logan said gently, “which is unusual for you. Which means you’re plotting again.” “What? Me?” Dillon said, as innocently as he could manage, though Logan knew that they both knew that Dillon was full of crap. “I don’t plot. I do.”

“You can’t get revenge on every reporter who asks a question that you don’t like.” Logan scolded.

“It’s more than just not liking the question and you know it, Logan.” Dillon argued. “Besides, I wouldn’t call it revenge. I’m simply going to use my status as one of Hollywood’s A-List celebrities to get an appearance on several of Osborne’s rival shows, as well as… encouraging… my fellow stars to do the same. Maybe it won’t affect him at all, or maybe he’ll happen to get low ratings for a little bit. Maybe it’ll give him some time to think about why you shouldn’t ask invasive questions.” Logan groaned, but he knew that there was no stopping Dillon once he was set on a plan of action. And as Dillon’s plans of revenge usually went, this was actually fairly mild.

“Alright, I know I can’t stop you,” Logan conceded, “but as your friend, I’m asking you to be careful. The PR department already is going to have to do a lot of work to smooth things over after Remus stormed out. And his reaction tonight is only going to attract those who seek out drama. What I’m saying is that the last thing we need right now is a repeat of the Wine Incident from the Season Two interviews.” There was silence on Dillon’s end of the line, which let Logan know that his words had hit their mark. They didn’t talk about the Wine Incident.

“You’re right, I did go too far back then.” Dillon admitted, and Logan had to hold back a snort. ‘Too far’ was putting it somewhat mildly.

“But you don’t need to worry too much,” Dillon continued, “Remus is calm for now, but tensions are still high. I think I’m going to have my hands full with keeping him from decking any reporters who get nosy.”

“That’s good to hear.” Logan replied. Unexpectedly, he yawned. It caught him off guard, and for the first time it really began to sink in just how late it was. Dillon clearly heard the yawn too, from his next reply.

“You should get to bed.” Dillon suggested. “I hear you have a long day of interviews tomorrow.”

“Yes, you’re right.” Logan agreed. Another time, he might have argued that he would be fine, but he was too tired to. Though there was one more thing Logan needed to take care of. “If you need to talk about any of this, though, I’m here for you.”

“Me?” Dillon said in surprise. “I’m fine. Roman and Remus are the ones having to deal with their painful past being dragged back into the media’s line of fire.” “Dillon.” Logan said, not unkindly. “You may not be as entangled in it all as the two of them are, but I know it affects you. And there’s nothing wrong with that. Remus is your husband, and Roman is practically your brother. And you’ve been there for both of them through a lot of the harder moments. Remus often tells me that he doesn’t think he would’ve made it through college alive without you. You’re just as invested in all of this. I know that if Patton was involved in something like this, it would affect me as well.”

What Logan didn’t say was, I know where you’re coming from. You and I, we’re problem solvers. We’re good at being emotional stabilizers for others. We’re good at taking on all of the problems of those we love, and being their constant. What we aren’t good at is letting people do that for us.

“You’re right.” Dillon admitted, and Logan smiled. There was a time nearly two decades ago that Dillon wouldn’t have admitted that so willingly. “I shouldn’t bottle up my feelings. I’ve told Pat that enough times and I’d be a hypocrite if I didn’t take my own advice. I am fine right now; I’ll let you know if that changes.”

“Good.” Logan said, and hoped his tone got across how much he truly cared. For Dillon, and all the rest.

Out of the corner of his eye, Logan saw Patton perched on the edge of the couch next to him. His fiance was dressed in his pajamas, and had two cups of tea in his hands. Patton smiled at Logan, and Logan realized that Patton was probably waiting for him. Logan saw the clock as well. It was already 3:00 in the morning.

“I should be off to bed.” Logan told Dillon. “Please tell Roman and Remus we called, and we’re all here for them. For all of you.”

“I will.” Dillon promised, and the conversation ended. Logan hung up the phone, and turned to Patton, who pressed a mug of tea into his hand.

“Come on Lo,” Patton said, “Let’s get some rest.”

*************************************

Light streamed into the quiet hotel room. Not a single sound entered Logan’s ears except for the soft breathing of his fiance. Patton was snuggled into Logan’s side, arms wrapped around him. Everything was calm and peaceful compared to the panic of last night.

Or, this morning, to be more accurate.

Patton had been out as soon as his head hit the pillow, but Logan hadn’t been able to fall asleep for at least another hour. Actually, he couldn’t remember if he even had fallen asleep. But he must have, right? Logan would remember if he hadn’t.

Logan looked over Patton’s shoulder and saw that the clock on the nightstand currently read 9:01. Oh no. They’d totally overslept. Their first interview was supposed to be at 10:00, and they were told to be there by 8:00. Logan began to get up in a panic, accidentally jostling Patton awake.

“Lo?” Patton mumbled sleepily. “What’s going on?”

“It’s 9:00, and we’re supposed to already be at the television studio by now, and it’s a 20 minute drive without traffic, but this is NYC, so there will be traffic, and we still need to get dressed and—” Patton gently set a hand on Logan’s arm, which halted Logan’s rambling in its tracks.

“It’s fine, Lo.” Patton said calmingly.

“How can it be fine?” Logan demanded. “We can’t afford to be late, not after the bad press we’re likely to get from Remus’s interview last night, and this will look bad on us and the studio—”

“Lo.” Patton interrupted again. Patton sat up, and gently took Logan’s hands in his, and pulled Logan down so that he was sitting on the bed next to Patton. “It’s ok, honey. Thomas called about two hours ago. He’s had the PR department rearrange our interviews for today, so we don’t have to be at the first one until one. We can relax for a little longer.”

Logan felt his panic slowly fade, and leaned his forehead against Patton’s, letting Patton wrap his arms around him. Logan was so tired. Now that he knew that he didn’t need to rush out, he wanted to just fall asleep. But first, Logan needed to ask Patton something.

“Why didn’t you wake me up?” Logan murmured softly, pulling back and looking Patton directly in his eyes. Patton smiled.

“I thought about it, but I knew that you were still awake after I fell asleep, so you got even less sleep than Virgil and I did.” Patton said. “Virgil and I both agreed that we should let you sleep.”

“I’m fine.” Logan protested mildly. “I’ve gotten by on less sleep before.”

“That doesn’t mean it’s a good idea.” Patton chided. “And I knew that if I woke you up then, you wouldn’t be able to fall back asleep.”

“It wouldn’t have been on purpose.” Logan mumbled.

“I know, honey. I knew that you can’t fall asleep during the day, but you would have been exhausted and irritable. You did such a good job of taking care of Virgil and I last night, so now let us take care of you. You can’t help anyone if you run yourself ragged, isn’t that what you always tell me?”

“You have a point.” Logan admitted.

“Besides,” Patton said with a smile, “I thought it might be nice to spend a lazy morning with my fiance.”

Logan’s eyes widened as he remembered, and he looked down at his hand. The silver ring with its two snakes entwined together sparkled in the light, the emerald eyes gleaming.

“I completely forgot about that.” Logan murmured in wonder. “With all the craziness last night, it slipped my mind.” “Mine too.” Patton said softly. “And I was the one who planned it.”

Both men were lying back against the pillows now, Logan leaning into Patton’s side. They sat in silence for a bit, both looking at the ring on Logan’s hand.

“We’ll have to get you a ring too.” Logan said. “Maybe before we announce it.”

“When are we going to announce it?” Patton said softly. “I mean, with everything that’s happening right now.” Logan shrugged.

“Maybe we should wait until everything gets a little quieter, and everyone’s not so on edge.” Logan suggested. “Right now we need to focus on getting everything to calm down.”

“Yeah, I was kinda thinking the same thing.” Patton said.

“But I think we’re headed in the right direction.” Logan said. “Dillon’s a lot calmer than he was the last time this happened. So, at least we don’t have to worry about another Wine Incident.”

“Thank goodness.” Patton said, shuddering. “That was a total mess to deal with.” “Figuratively and literally.” Logan agreed.

“It kinda looked like a scene from Carrie,” Patton recalled, “I’m not even sure where he got ahold of all of that wine so quickly.”

“It’s a good thing for the world that your brother is on the side of good.” Logan chuckled softly. “Otherwise, we’d all be in trouble.”

“Very true.” Patton agreed.

The two of them sat in silence again, but it was the comfortable kind. The kind you can only attain when with someone who you love and trust unconditionally, and who you know returns it. The silence was interrupted by the loud rumbling of Logan’s stomach.

“Sounds like someone’s hungry.” Patton said with a smile. “I haven’t eaten either, so why don’t we order room service?”

“Sounds like a plan.” Logan replied. “Then we can think about beginning to get ready for the interview.”

“We could,” Patton said, slowly, “but we still have a lot of time to fill before the interview…”

“I could think of a few things we could do to fill that time, darling.” Logan said suggestively, catching on to what Patton was suggesting.

Patton smiled back at Logan, and then leaned forward and kissed him gently on the lips. Patton pulled back, and stood up.

“I’ll go get the room service menu, I think it got left in the living room.”

As Patton left, Logan smiled. He honestly didn’t know how on earth he got as lucky to end up with someone as wonderful as Patton. Logan didn’t know what he would do without him.

Patton was his center, his driving force. His calm in the middle of the storm.

In a couple hours, they would need to get ready for the interview.

In a couple hours, they would need to talk to Virgil and review the document that Thomas had forwarded to them that outlined how they should handle any questions about Remus’s interview last night.

In a few hours, they would have to navigate an interview carefully and calmly, and refuse to rise to any bait that might be sent their way.

But for now, Logan and Patton could let things be calm, and take refuge in each other in the eye of a slowly gathering storm.

*************************************

Taglist:

@ironwoman359

@galacticguppy

@trashpanda-remus

@atticusfinchthelegend

@ravenclawunicorn1

@voidvirgil

@dogwithpants

@dreaming-about-kittens

@ro-arts-blog

#sanders sides #sanders sides fanfic #sanders sides au #ts actor au #logan sanders #patton sanders #virgil sanders #thomas sanders #deceit sanders #logicality #mentioned prinxiety #implied dukeceit #my writing #my au

25 notes · View notes